Toshiba e-STUDIO206L Service Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Toshiba Manuals
  4. All in One Printer
  5. e-STUDIO206L
  6. Service manual

Toshiba e-STUDIO206L Service Manual

Multifunctional digital systems
Hide thumbs Also See for e-STUDIO206L:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Quick Links

See also: Troubleshooting Manual , User Manual

SERVICE MANUAL

MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL SYSTEMS
e-STUDIO306S/356S/456S
e-STUDIO256SE/306SE/356SE/456SE/506SE
e-STUDIO306SD/356SD/456SD
e-STUDIO257S/307S/357S/457S
e-STUDIO307SD/357SD/457SD
Model: DP-2095/2530/3020/3590/4590/5010 / 2072/2572/3072/3572/4572/5072
Publish Date: May 2011
File No. SME110006F0
R110421J3903-TTEC
Ver06 F _2014-04
Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Toshiba e-STUDIO206L

Summary of Contents for Toshiba e-STUDIO206L

  • Page 1: Service Manual

    SERVICE MANUAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL SYSTEMS e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 e-STUDIO306S/356S/456S e-STUDIO256SE/306SE/356SE/456SE/506SE e-STUDIO306SD/356SD/456SD e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507 e-STUDIO257S/307S/357S/457S e-STUDIO307SD/357SD/457SD e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507 Model: DP-2095/2530/3020/3590/4590/5010 / 2072/2572/3072/3572/4572/5072 Publish Date: May 2011 File No. SME110006F0 R110421J3903-TTEC Ver06 F _2014-04...
  • Page 2 Other company names and product names in this manual are the trademarks of their respective companies. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved Under the copyright laws, this manual cannot be reproduced in any form without prior written permission...
  • Page 3 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS REGARDING THE SERVICE FOR THIS EQUIPMENT The installation and service shall be done by a qualified service technician. 1. Transportation/Installation When transporting/installing the equipment, employ two persons and be sure to hold the positions as shown in the figure. The equipment is quite heavy, and weighs approximately 61 kg (134.51 lb.), therefore pay full attention when handling it.
  • Page 4 Be sure to handle/install them properly. If these parts are short-circuited and their functions become ineffective, they may result in fatal accidents such as explosion or burnout. Do not allow a short-circuit and do not use the parts not recommended by Toshiba TEC Corporation.
  • Page 5 “CAUTION. HOT”, “CAUTION. HIGH VOLTAGE”, “CAUTION. LASER BEAM”, etc. to see if there is any dirt on their surface and if they are properly stuck to the equipment. e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/25L/307 e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/507 [1] Certification label (For U.S.A and Canada) [2] Explanatory label [3] Identification label (For U.S.A, Canada and EU)
  • Page 6 ALLEGEMEINE SICHERHEITSMASSNAHMEN IN BEZUG AUF DIE WARTUNG FÜR DIESES GERÄT Die Installation und die Wartung sind von einem qualifizierten Service- Techniker durchzuführen. 1. Transport/Installation Zum Transportieren/Installieren des Gerätes werden 2 Personen benötigt. Nur an den in der Abbildung gezeigten Stellen tragen. Das Gerät ist sehr schwer und wiegt etwa 62.5 kg;...
  • Page 7 2. Allgemeine Sicherheitsmassnahmen in bezug auf die Wartung Während der Wartung das Gerät ausschalten und das Netzkabel herausziehen (ausser Wartung, die bei einem eingeschalteten Gerät, durchgeführt werden muss). Das Netzkabel herausziehen und den Bereich um die Steckerpole und die Steckdose die Umgebung in der Nähe von den Steckerzacken und der Steckdose wenigstens einmal im Jahr reinigen.
  • Page 8 Wenn diese Teile kurzgeschlossen und funktionsunfähig werden, kann dies zu schwerwiegenden Schäden, wie einer Explosion oder einem Abbrand, führen. Kurzschlüsse sind zu vermeiden, und es sind ausschließlich Teile zu verwenden, die von der Toshiba TEC Corporation empfohlen sind. 5. Warnetiketten Im Rahmen der Wartung unbedingt das Leistungsschild und die Etiketten mit Warnhinweisen überprüfen [z.
  • Page 9 6. Entsorgung des Geräts, der Verbrauchs- und Verpackungsmaterialien, alter Akkus und IC- RAMs In Bezug auf die Entsorgung und Wiederverwertung des Geräts, der Verbrauchs- und Verpackungsmaterialien, alter Akkus und IC-RAMs, einschließlich Lithiumakkus, sind die einschlägigen nationalen oder regionalen Vorschriften zu befolgen. Caution: Dispose of used batteries and IC-RAMs including lithium batteries according to this manual.
  • Page 10 • Laseremissionseinheit Diese Einheit besteht aus der Laserdiode, dem Fokussierungsobjektiv, der Blende und dem Zylinderobjektiv. Laserdiode Diese Laserdiode zeichnet sich durch eine geringe Regeldifferenz, eine kleine Laservariation und einen niedrigen Schwellenstrom aus. Die Blende der Laseremissionseinheit ist unter dem Fokussierobjektiv angeordnet, um die Form der Laserstrahlen in der primären und sekundären Scanrichtung festzulegen.

  • Page 11: Table Of Contents

    Functions ......................3-44 3.9.4 Description of Operation .................. 3-48 3.9.5 Process of detection of original size ..............3-48 3.10 LASER OPTICAL UNIT....................3-51 3.10.1 General Description ..................3-51 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 CONTENTS...

  • Page 12: Table Of Contents

    Operation of DC Output Circuits ..............3-84 3.18.3 Output Channel....................3-86 3.18.4 Fuse......................... 3-90 4. DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT................ 4-1 Disassembly and Replacement of Covers ..4-1 4.1.1 Front cover......................4-1 4.1.2 Front upper cover ....................4-1 4.1.3 Front lower cover ....................4-2 4.1.4...

  • Page 13: Table Of Contents

    Laser optical unit....................4-58 LASER OPTICAL UNIT ........4-60 4.8.1 Laser optical unit....................4-60 PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM ................... 4-63 4.9.1 Drawer ......................4-63 4.9.2 Drawer feeding unit..................4-63 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 CONTENTS...

  • Page 14: Table Of Contents

    4.11.16 Separation needle.................... 4-98 4.11.17 Transfer unit..................... 4-99 4.11.18 Temperature/humidity sensor (S25) ..............4-99 4.12 DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM ................... 4-100 4.12.1 Process unit ....................4-100 4.12.2 Developer unit....................4-100 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...

  • Page 15: Table Of Contents

    4.16.8 KN-2520 (Bridge unit) ..................4-158 4.16.9 MJ-5004 (Job separator) (e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307) .... 4-160 4.16.10 MJ-5005 (Offset tray) (e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307)....4-162 4.16.11 MJ-5006 (Job separator) (e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/507) ....4-163 4.17 Damp Heater Kit (MF-4550U/E) Installation Procedure ..........4-165 ©...

  • Page 16: Table Of Contents

    6.4.7 Gamma balance adjustment ................6-27 6.4.8 Adjustment of image density................6-28 6.4.9 Background offsetting adjustment for RADF ........... 6-29 6.4.10 RADF scan noise reduction (Copying Function)..........6-29 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...

  • Page 17: Table Of Contents

    Punching position center adjustment ............... 6-91 6.15.6 Punch hole position adjustment............... 6-91 6.15.7 Saddle stitch alignment position adjustment............ 6-92 6.15.8 Gripper arm exiting position adjustment ............6-92 6.15.9 Height/skew adjustment................... 6-93 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 CONTENTS...

  • Page 18: Table Of Contents

    RADF (MR-3021/3022/3028) ................7-34 7.7.14 Finisher (MJ-1032) ..................7-34 7.7.15 Finisher (MJ-1033) ..................7-35 7.7.16 Finisher (MJ-1101/1107).................. 7-36 7.7.17 Finisher (MJ-1106/1108).................. 7-40 7.7.18 Hole punch unit (MJ-6103/6104) ..............7-45 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...

  • Page 19: Table Of Contents

    Service call ...................... 8-14 8.2.3 Error in Internet FAX / Scanning Function ............8-22 8.2.4 Printer function error ..................8-31 8.2.5 TOSHIBA Remote monitoring system error (TopAccess related error) ... 8-33 8.2.6 MFP access error .................... 8-35 8.2.7 Maintenance error.................... 8-37 8.2.8 Network error ....................

  • Page 20: Table Of Contents

    Hard disk full error “H04” is displayed............8-316 8.5.3 Error code “M00” is displayed while updating firmware ......... 8-316 9. REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS ..............9-1 Installation and Replacement of PC boards ..9-1 9.1.1 System control PC board (SYS board) .............. 9-1 9.1.2 Hard disk (HDD) ....................

  • Page 21: Table Of Contents

    Flow chart for correcting USB update failure ..........11-83 12. BACKUP FUNCTION....................12-1 12.1 Data Cloning ........................12-1 12.1.1 General description..................12-1 12.1.2 Precautions...................... 12-1 12.1.3 Backup files ..................... 12-2 12.1.4 Cloning procedure ................... 12-2 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 CONTENTS...

  • Page 22: Table Of Contents

    13.3.5 Installation of External Counter................ 13-4 14. WIRE HARNESS CONNECTION DIAGRAMS ............14-1 14.1 AC Wire Harness ........... 14-1 14.2 AC Wire Harness ........... 14-2 14.3 DC Wire Harness (e-STUDIO206L/256/306) ..............14-3 14.4 Electric Parts Layout (e-STUDIO206L/256/306) ............. 14-4 14.5 DC Wire Harness (e-STUDIO356/456/506) ..............

  • Page 23: Features

    • The laser optical unit differs from the one used for e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506. • The attachment direction of the HDD differs from the one for e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506: Vertical e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507: Horizontal • The SLG board was removed since its function has been integrated into the SYS board.
  • Page 24 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FEATURES 1 - 2...

  • Page 25: Specifications / Accessories / Options / Supplies

    Fixing method......Halogen lamp (2 pieces) Photosensor type ....OPC Original scanning sensor..Linear CCD sensor Scanning light source ....e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506: Xenon lamp / LED e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507: LED Reproduction ratio ....Actual ratio: 100±0.5% Zooming: 25 to 400% in increments of 1% (25 to 200% when using RADF) Resolution .......
  • Page 26 LG, LT, LT-R, ST-R, COMPUTER, 13"LG, 8.5" x 8.5" Acceptable paper weight 64 - 105 g/m (17 - 28 lb. Bond) Offset mechanism ....e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307: No exclusive offset mechanism e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/507: Uses an exclusive offset mechanism Offsetting mechanism with movable exit roller (Shift amount: 30 mm, Stack height: 40 mm (250 sheets)) Interface ........
  • Page 27 * The electric power is supplied to the RADF, (ADU), Finisher, Job Separator, Offset Tray, PFP and LCF through the equipment. Total counter......Electronical counter © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES...

  • Page 28: Copy

    * When the tilt angle of the control panel is 7 to 84 degrees. 7 5 6 7 - 8 4 ° Fig. 2-1 Weight ........e-STUDIO206L/256/306: Approximately 58 kg (127.87 lb.) e-STUDIO356/456/506: Approximately 61 kg (134.48 lb.) e-STUDIO207L/257/307: Approximately 54.5 kg (120.17 lb.) e-STUDIO357/457/507: Approximately 56.5 kg (124.58 lb.) (include the developer material and drum) 2.1.2...
  • Page 29 Leading / trailing edges: 4.2±2.0 mm, Side edges: 4.2±2.0 mm (print) Multiple copying....... Up to 999 copies; Key in set numbers First copy time ......e-STUDIO206L / 207L: Approx. 4.7 sec. or less e-STUDIO256 / 257: Approx. 4.7 sec. or less e-STUDIO306 / 307: Approx.
  • Page 30 * The copy speed in the above table are available when originals are manually placed for single side, multiple copying. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 6...
  • Page 31 – 356/357 – 24.8 24.8 – – 456/457 – 24.8 24.8 – – 506/507 – 24.8 24.8 – – © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 7...
  • Page 32 Single-sided copies Single-sided originals  Double-sided copies e-STUDIO206L / 207L Double-sided originals  Double-sided copies Double-sided originals  Single-sided copies e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 8...
  • Page 33 Single-sided copies Single-sided originals  Double-sided copies e-STUDIO456 / 457 Double-sided originals  Double-sided copies Double-sided originals  Single-sided copies © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 9...

  • Page 34: Print

    Original mode [TEXT], [TEXT/PHOTO], [PHOTO], [Printed Image] File formats JPEG (Gray/Color), Multi/Single page TIFF, Multi/Single page PDF, Multi/Single page XPS e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 10...

  • Page 35: E-Filing

    Message division Page by page [ 2 ] Internet FAX receiving Format of receive attachment TIFF-FX (Profile S, F, J) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 11...

  • Page 36: Network Fax

    Single TIFF, Multi-TIFF, Single PDF, Multi PDF Send to E-mail Single TIFF, Multi-TIFF, Single PDF, Multi PDF Send to I-Fax TIFF-S Send to PSTN-FAX e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 12...

  • Page 37: Accessories

    China TWD: Taiwan JPD: Japan Notes: Check that the above accessories are correctly co-packed at the time of unpacking. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 13...

  • Page 38: Options

    Finisher MJ-1108N/ 1108N-C Hole Punch Unit MJ-6007E/N/F/ S/E-C MJ-6008E/N/F/ S/E-C MJ-6103E/N/F/ S/E-C MJ-6104E/N/F/ S/E-C Staple Cartridge STAPLE-2000 STAPLE-3100 STAPLE-2400 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 14...
  • Page 39 Data Overwrite GP-1070 Enabler Unicode Font GS-1007 Enabler Printer Kit GM-1230/C GM-1240/C Printer/Scanner GM-2250/C GM-2260/C Scanner Kit GM-4230/C GM-4240/C © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 15...

  • Page 40: System List

    System List 2.4.1 e-STUDIO206L/256/306 Fig. 2-2 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 16...

  • Page 41: E-Studio356/456

    2.4.2 e-STUDIO356/456 Fig. 2-3 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 17...

  • Page 42: E-Studio506

    2.4.3 e-STUDIO506 Fig. 2-4 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 18...
  • Page 43 Wireless LAN Module (GN-1060). • The Work Table (KK-4550) and the e-BRIDGE ID Gate (KP-2004/2005) cannot be installed together. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 19...

  • Page 44: E-Studio207L/257/307

    2.4.4 e-STUDIO207L/257/307 Fig. 2-5 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 20...

  • Page 45: E-Studio357/457/507

    2.4.5 e-STUDIO357/457/507 Fig. 2-6 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 21...
  • Page 46 If MJ-1033 is installed in the 50-cpm model, the performance speed will be equivalent to the one when it is installed in the 45-cpm model. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 22...

  • Page 47: Supplies

    D-5070 * 2) T: Taiwan P: Asia D: Australia C: China E: Europe A: Argentina/220-volt South America U: North America © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 23...
  • Page 48 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS / ACCESSORIES / OPTIONS / SUPPLIES 2 - 24...

  • Page 49: Outline Of The Machine

    OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE Sectional View e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 A10 A11 A10 A11 e-STUDIO205L/255/305 e-STUDIO206L/256/306 Fig. 3-1 Front side view © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 1...
  • Page 50 Fig. 3-2 Rear side view e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 2...
  • Page 51 A8 A6 A7 A8 A6 A7 A10 A11 A10 A11 e-STUDIO205L/255/305 e-STUDIO207L/257/307 Fig. 3-3 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 3...
  • Page 52 A17/A18 e-STUDIO205L/255/305 e-STUDIO207L/257/307 Fig. 3-4 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 4...
  • Page 53 Toner cartridge Bypass feed clutch Main power switch 1st transport sensor ADU interlock switch Registration sensor Switching regulator cooling fan Registration roller (rubber) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 5...

  • Page 54: Electric Parts Layout

    Electric Parts Layout 1. Scanner unit, control panel e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 INV / LEDB THMO4 Fig. 3-5 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 6...
  • Page 55 Fig. 3-6 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 7...
  • Page 56 2. Power supply, developer unit THMO3 THMS4 HVPS LVPS Fig. 3-7 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 8...
  • Page 57 3. Laser unit, fuser unit, toner cartridge e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 THMO1 THMS2 THMS3 THMS1 THMO2 LAMP3 CTIF LAMP1 CTRG LAMP2 Fig. 3-8 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 9...
  • Page 58 THMO1 THMS2 THMS3 THMS1 THMO2 LAMP3 CTIF LAMP1 CTRG LAMP2 LDRS Fig. 3-9 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 10...
  • Page 59 4. Drive unit e-STUDIO206L/256/306 Fig. 3-10 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 11...
  • Page 60 MOT2 Fig. 3-11 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 12...
  • Page 61 Fig. 3-12 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 13...
  • Page 62 MOT2 Fig. 3-13 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 14...
  • Page 63 5. Automatic duplexing unit, transfer unit, exit unit e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307 CLT1 CLT2 Fig. 3-14 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 15...
  • Page 64 / 357/457/507 SOL1 CLT1 CLT2 Fig. 3-15 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 16...
  • Page 65 6. Bypass feed unit CLT3 Fig. 3-16 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 17...

  • Page 66: Drawer Unit

    7. Drawer unit CLT4 CLT6 CLT7 CLT5 Fig. 3-17 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 18...

  • Page 67: Symbols And Functions Of Various Components

    Fig. 3-5 15-31 Platen sensor cover or RADF e-STUDIO206L/256/356/456/506 only HOME-SNR Carriage home position detection Fig. 3-5 12-25 Carriage home position sensor © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 19...
  • Page 68 Automatic original detection sensor- e-STUDIO207L/257/357/457/507 Fig. 3-11 only APS2 Detecting original size (for LT size) Fig. 3-10 Automatic original detection sensor- e-STUDIO207L/257/357/457/507 Fig. 3-11 only e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 20...

  • Page 69: Electromagnetic Clutches

    High speed transport clutch roller CLT7 TR-M-CLT Driving with low speed for the transport Fig. 3-17 7-21 Low speed transport clutch roller © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 21...

  • Page 70: Solenoids

    (SNS board) 506 only PWA-F-SYS Controlling the whole system and image Fig. 3-10 9-10 System control PC board processing Fig. 3-11 (SYS board) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 22...

  • Page 71: Lamps And Heaters

    Detecting the surface temperature at Fig. 3-8 31-31 Center thermistor fuser roller center (for controlling the temperature of the center heater lamp) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 23...

  • Page 72: Transformer

    Switching regulator to each section of the equipment LEDB PWA-LED Controlling the exposure lamp (LED) Fig. 3-5 15-34 LED board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/ 506 only e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 24...

  • Page 73: Copy Process

     Transfer assist bias: Improves transfer efficiency.  © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 25...

  • Page 74: Comparison With E-Studio205L/255/305/355/455

    +250V 6. Separation    • Separation Needle separation method method    • Separation output Adjustable output (Constant current) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 26...
  • Page 75 (600W x 2 + 300W x (600W x 2 + 300W x (600W x 2)    Turned ON/OFF by thermistor © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 27...

  • Page 76: Comparison With E-Studio206L/256/306/356/456/506

    +250V 6. Separation    • Separation Needle separation method method    • Separation output Adjustable output (Constant current) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 28...
  • Page 77 (600W x 2 + 300W x (600W x 2 + 300W x (600W x 2)    Turned ON/OFF by thermistor © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 29...

  • Page 78: General Operation

    When no button is pressed for a certain period of time, - Set number “1” and reproduction ratio “100%” are displayed. Equipment returns to the normal ready state. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 30...
  • Page 79 Drum, fuser unit and developer unit stop Fans return to the ready rotation “READY” is displayed and the equipment enters the ready mode © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 31...
  • Page 80 Equipment returns to the status before the interruption “Ready to resume job 1” is displayed 4. Press the [START] button The copying operation before the interruption is resumed. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 32...

  • Page 81: Detection Of Abnormality

    [When drawer is installed]  Drawer detected  Tray going up (drawer empty sensor OFF)  “Add paper” displayed  [START] button disabled © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 33...
  • Page 82 During bypass feeding Bypass feed clutch ON  1st transport sensor is not turned ON in a fixed period of time  e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 34...
  • Page 83 Paper jam (E010) The copying operation is stopped Paper jam (E010) Fig. 3-19 • Exit sensor detects jamming of the tailing edge of paper  © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 35...
  • Page 84 Any of all sensors on paper transport path detects paper (ON)  Paper jam (E030) • Front cover is opened during copying  Paper jam (E410) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 36...
  • Page 85 Error code is displayed instead of the set number by pressing the [CLEAR] button and [8] button simultaneously when the “Call for service” is blinking. Refer to the error code table in the Service Handbook. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 86: Hibernation Function

    ON/OFF lamp (green) has stopped blinking and the touch panel screen and the lamp (green) have gone off. Then turn the power OFF with the main power switch. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 38...

  • Page 87: Control Panel

    Press the [ON/OFF] button for 1 second or more to turn ON/OFF the power of the equipment. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 Fig. 3-21 e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507 Fig. 3-22 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 39...

  • Page 88: Description Of Operation

    3.8.2 Description of Operation [ 1 ] Dot matrix LCD circuit 1. Structure 800 x R,G,B x 480 dots Fig. 3-23 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 40...

  • Page 89: Scanner

    After that, arithmetic operation is performed on the digital signal, which is then transmitted to the data writing section. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506; Depending on the production period, the machine is equipped with a 4-line CCD or a 3-line CCD. Therefore, be sure to perform the appropriate service for the actually equipped CCD.
  • Page 90 [6] Original glass [7] Drive pulley [8] CCD board [9] Lens [10] Automatic original detection sensor [11] Carriage home position sensor [12] Platen sensor e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 42...

  • Page 91: Construction

    For 4-line CCD 306/356/456/506 3-line CCD Xenon lamp Lamp inverter board For 3-line CCD e-STUDIO207L/257/ 3-Line CCD SYS board For e-STUDIO207L/ 307/357/457/507 257/307/357/457/ © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 43...

  • Page 92: Functions

    This mirror directs the light reflected from the original to the mirror-2 described later. Original glass Original Exposure lamp Reflector Mirror-1 Fig. 3-27 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 44...
  • Page 93 This carriage is driven by the same scan motor (M1) as that for the carriage-1 at half the scanning speed of the carriage-1 (The scanning distance is also half that of the carriage-1). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 Mirror-2 Mirror-3 Fig. 3-29 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 45...
  • Page 94 Lens unit CCD driving PC board Fig. 3-31 6. Scanning section control PC board (SLG) (e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506) This is a board to perform the image correction, such as the shading correction and 3-line correction, and control the scan motor (M1). 7. System control PC board (SYS board) (e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507) This is a board to control the above SLG board (described in No.
  • Page 95 9. Lamp inverter board (INV) / LED board (LEDB) (e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506) Controls lighting of the exposure lamp (EXP). The control PC board is different depending on the light source. The xenon lamp is controlled by the lamp inverter board and the LED is controlled by the LED board.
  • Page 96 This means that the presence/absence of an original is detected by whether there is a reflection or not (when a black image is scanned). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 48...
  • Page 97 Size 7 APS-2 Size 8 Fig. 3-34 [LT Series] APS-R APS-C Size 1 ST-R APS-3 LT-R Size 2 APS-2 Size 3 Fig. 3-35 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 49...
  • Page 98 As for the LT series, two automatic original detection sensors detect a size in the secondary scanning direction due to the original size. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 50...

  • Page 99: Laser Optical Unit

    The unit must not be disassembled in the field as they are very sensitive to dust and finely adjusted at the factory. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 Fig. 3-37 e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507 Fig. 3-38 [1] Polygonal motor [2] Slit glass © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 51...

  • Page 100: Laser Precautions

    LASER BEAM”, etc. to see if there is any dirt on their surface and if they are properly stuck to the equipment. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 52...

  • Page 101: Paper Feeding System

    Lower drawer detection switch (SW7) Upper drawer empty sensor (S17) Feed cover opening/closing detection sensor (S13) Upper drawer paper stock sensor (S15) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 53...
  • Page 102 Main motor Registration roller clutch Upper drawer feed clutch Hi-speed clutch Bypass feed clutch Lower drawer feed clutch Low-speed clutch Fig. 3-41 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 54...

  • Page 103: Composition

    Registration roller (metal) 1st/2nd transport sensor S21/S14 Transport roller Registration roller clutch CLT2 Hi-speed clutch CLT6 Low-speed clutch CLT7 Feed cover opening/closing detection sensor © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 55...
  • Page 104 12.1st transport sensor (S21) This sensor detects whether paper from each paper source is being transported or not. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 56...
  • Page 105 This clutch drives the rotation of the bypass feed roller. When this clutch is turned ON while the main motor (M8) is being rotated, the drive from this clutch feeds and transports paper on the bypass tray to the inside of this equipment. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 106: Operation

    The separation roller under the feed roller prevents multiple transporting of paper. Drawer feed clutch Feed roller Pickup roller Separation roller Fig. 3-43 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 58...
  • Page 107 The power ON/OFF of transport clutch and the operation of transport roller are as follows. Transport High-speed Low-speed clutch roller clutch Low speed High speed Stop © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 59...
  • Page 108 The high speed clutch is turned OFF, and the transport roller stop rotating. The registration roller clutch and low speed clutch are turned ON, and the paper is transported to the transfer unit. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 60...
  • Page 109 The feed clutch is turned OFF and the pickup roller and feed roller to stop rotating. The registration roller clutch is turned ON, and the paper is transported to the transfer unit. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...

  • Page 110: Drive System

    (Transport roller) Upper drawer tray-up motor(M11) Lower drawer feed clutch (CLT5) (Lower drawer) Low-speed clutch (CLT7) Lower drawer tray-up motor(M12) Fig. 3-46 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 62...
  • Page 111 Drives the Bridge Kit, Job Separator and Offset Tray (all optional) by transmitting the rotation of the main motor through the gears and the timing belt to their gears. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...

  • Page 112: Drum Related Section

    Transfer roller PM parts Separation needle Other Drum thermistor THMS4 High-voltage transformer Temperature-humidity sensor TRU fan Process unit fan Ozone filter PM parts e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 64...
  • Page 113 This blade is pressed against the drum surface and scrapes off the residual toner from the drum surface. Recovery blade This blade catches the toner scraped off by the cleaning blade. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 65...
  • Page 114 The electrical potential of the drum surface is fixed to a certain amount before the drum is charged. The number of the discharge LEDs for the e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307 differs from that for the e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/507 because the discharging amount differs depending on the copy speed.

  • Page 115: Development System

    Recovered toner supply mechanism (Toner recycling auger) Toner cartridge Toner cartridge PC board CTRG Toner cartridge interface PC board CTIF Toner motor © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 67...
  • Page 116 The drive of the toner recycling auger is transmitted by the mixer-3. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 68...
  • Page 117 [ 2 ] Recovered process unit mechanism The process unit of this equipment has two types; one is for the e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/ 307 and another is for the e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/507. The differences between two are shown below. Be sure not to install the process unit to a wrong model when replacing them because they are incompatible each other.
  • Page 118 They are further mixed and transported to the developer sleeve by the mixer-1. Drum cleaner Mixer-1 Toner recovery auger Mixer-2 Mixer-3 Toner cartridge Fresh toner Recovered toner Toner recycling auger Fig. 3-51 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 70...

  • Page 119: Fuser Unit

    Side heater lamp roller Thermistor Thermistor Thermostat Thermostat Fuser unit Entrance guide [ e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307 ] [ e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/507 ] Fig. 3-52 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 71...
  • Page 120 Differences between e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307 and e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/ e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / e-STUDIO356/456/506 / item 207L/257/307 357/457/507 Sub heater lamp Not installed Installed Pressure roller ø30(mm) ø35(mm) Connector For e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / For e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 207L/257/307 357/457/507 [ e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307] [ e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/507] [ e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307] [e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/507] Fig.
  • Page 121 (+) bias is applied to the pressure roller and the entrance guide. A sponge roller with a lower hardness is adopted for the pressure roller in this fuser unit to enable envelopes to pass through. The outside diameter of the pressure roller is ø30(mm) for e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307 and ø35(mm) for e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/507.
  • Page 122 For e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307, the sub heater lamp is not installed. The thermistors control the temperature of fuser roller and detect temperature abnormalities. If the temperature becomes excessively high, the thermostat is opened to stop the power supply to the heater lamps.

  • Page 123: Heater Control Circuit

    2 thermostats (front and center ones in the fuser unit) shut off the power supply to the heater lamps to protect the equipment. For e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307, the sub heater lamp is not installed. Fuser unit Switching regulator...

  • Page 124: Paper Exit Section/Reverse Section

    3.16.1 General Description For e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307, a sheet of paper with the toner fused on is transported to the inner tray or Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU) by switchbacking. in the paper exit section. For e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/507, a sheet of paper with the toner fused on is transported to the inner tray, but the exit roller does not switchback.
  • Page 125 3.16.2 Functions 1. Exit motor (M10) The exit motor is a stepping motor which drives the exit roller. For e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/ 257/307, this motor rotates exit roller reversely to switchback when the paper is transported to the ADU. 2. Exit roller The exit roller transports the paper from the fuser unit to the inner tray.

  • Page 126: Exit Motor / Reverse Motor / Offset Gate Motor Drive

    The figure shown below is the layout of the driving gears of the reverse roller. (G20) (P40/G16) Reverse motor (P20) Reverse roller (G27) (G20) Forward Upper transport roller Reverse Fig. 3-57 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 78...
  • Page 127 3. Offset gate motor (only installed for e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/507) The figure shown below is the layout of the driving gears of the offset gate. Forward Paper Fig. 3-58 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 79...

  • Page 128: Automatic Duplexing Unit (Adu)

    ADU motor ADU exit sensor ADU lower transport roller ADU clutch [ e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307 ] [ e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/507 ] Fig. 3-59 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 80...
  • Page 129 ADU. For e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307, when the paper passed the exit sensor, the exit roller switchbacks to transport the paper into the ADU.

  • Page 130: Drive Of Adu

    (G28) (G15) (G28) ADU upper transport roller (G23) (G39) ADU motor(21) ADU clutch (G28) ADU lower transport roller Fig. 3-60 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 82...

  • Page 131: Power Supply Unit

    TRC (Triac) is driven by the heater control signal (HTR1ON/HTR2ON/HTRASTON) from the LGC board and then AC power is supplied to each heater lamp (center, side and sub) in the fuser unit. For e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307, the sub heater lamp is not installed and the HTRASTON signal is not supplied.

  • Page 132: Operation Of Dc Output Circuits

    The main power switch of the equipment is turned ON and DC voltage is supplied to each board. When the cover of the equipment is closed, 24V DC voltage is supplied and the equipment enters into the ready/printing state. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 84...
  • Page 133 Only DC voltage and +5VS are output from the power supply unit. The [ON/OFF] button is monitored and the LED of the main power switch is lit. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 134: Output Channel

    Output to the main motor +24VD3 : CN419 Pins 15 and 16 Output to the RADF +24VD4 : CN415 Pin 23 Output to the finisher e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 86...
  • Page 135 Job separator / Offset tray (via LGC board), finisher CN417 For the Main motor, MOT/MOT2 board +24VD2 CN419 For the SLG board, RADF +24VD1, +24VD3 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 87...
  • Page 136 Output to the main motor +24VD3 : CN419 Pins 15 and 16 Output to the SYS board +24VD4 : CN415 Pin 23 Output to the finisher e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 88...
  • Page 137 Job separator / Offset tray (via LGC board), finisher CN417 For the Main motor, MOT/MOT2 board +24VD2 CN419 For the SYS board, RADF +12VD1, +24VD3 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 89...

  • Page 138: Fuse

    F202:8A (Time-lag) Exit motor Reverse motor (e-STUDIO356/456/506 only) REV gate solenoid (e-STUDIO356/456/506 only) Main motor +24VD3 RADF F203:4A (Time-lag) +24VD4 Finisher F204:5A (Time-lag) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 90...
  • Page 139 F202:8A (Time-lag) Exit motor Reverse motor (e-STUDIO357/457/507 only) REV gate solenoid (e-STUDIO357/457/507 only) Main motor +24VD3 RADF F203:4A (Time-lag) +24VD4 Finisher F204:5A (Time-lag) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 91...
  • Page 140 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 92...

  • Page 141: Disassembly And Replacement

    Then take off the front cover. Hinge Fig. 4-2 4.1.2 Front upper cover Remove 1 screw and take off the front upper Front upper cover cover. Fig. 4-3 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 1...
  • Page 142 Fig. 4-5 4.1.4 Left upper cover Remove 2 screws and take off the left upper cover. Left upper cover Fig. 4-6 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 2...

  • Page 143: Right Upper Cover

    If three Antennas are installed, hang two of them on the upper rear cover and then place the third one on the other two. Fig. 4-9 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 3...

  • Page 144: Upper Rear Cover

    Open the front cover and then take off the toner cartridge. Remove 2 tap-tight screws, and then take off Inner tray the inner tray. Fig. 4-12 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 4...

  • Page 145: Left Cover

    2 hooks of the connecting port cover on the frame of the equipment, and then fix it with 1 screw. Connecting port cover Fig. 4-15 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 5...
  • Page 146 Release 2 hooks by sliding the right rear cover to the right side, and then take off the right rear cover-1[1]. Fig. 4-18 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 6...

  • Page 147: Right Front Cover

    ( P. 4-7 "4.1.14 Right front cover"). Remove 4 screws. Disconnect 3 connectors from the left front cover, and then take off the left front cover. Fig. 4-21 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 7...

  • Page 148: Disassembly And Replacement Of Covers

    Take off the inner tray. Pull out the upper and lower drawers. Open the feed cover. Remove 6 screws. Fig. 4-23 Fig. 4-24 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 8...
  • Page 149 Release 3 hooks by sliding the right front cover [2] downward, and then take it off. Fig. 4-26 Remove 1 screw and take off the stopper [3]. Fig. 4-27 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 9...

  • Page 150: Front Upper Cover

    [1]. Remove 1 screw. Then take off the front lower cover [1] by sliding it to the left side. Fig. 4-30 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 10...

  • Page 151: Left Upper Cover

    Lift up the right upper cover [1], release the front and rear hooks and then take it off toward the right. Fig. 4-33 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 11...

  • Page 152: Rear Cover

    Take off the rear cover.  P. 4-12 "4.2.6 Rear cover" Remove 2 screws and take off the upper rear cover [1]. Fig. 4-36 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 12...

  • Page 153: Left Rear Cover-1

    Inner tray the inner tray. Fig. 4-39 4.2.11 Left cover Take off the left rear cover-2.  P. 4-13 "4.2.9 Left rear cover-2" © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 13...

  • Page 154: Tray Back Cover

    Connecting port cover If a dongle has been installed, remove 2 screws and then the dongle cover [1]. Fig. 4-42 Open the automatic duplexing unit. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 14...

  • Page 155: Right Rear Cover-1 / Right Rear Cover-2

    [1] to the right side, and then take off the right rear cover-2 [1] toward the front cover. Remove 1 screw and take off the right rear cover-2 [1]. Fig. 4-45 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 15...

  • Page 156: Left Front Cover

     P. 4-88 "4.11.1 Process unit" Take off the inner tray.  P. 4-13 "4.2.10 Inner tray" Remove 4 screws. Fig. 4-46 Fig. 4-47 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 16...

  • Page 157: Paper Exit Cover

     P. 4-8 "4.2.1 Front cover / Right front cover" Remove 1 screw, and take off the paper exit cover [1]. Fig. 4-50 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 17...

  • Page 158: Control Panel

    Take off the front upper cover.  P. 4-1 "4.1.2 Front upper cover" Lower the control panel [1] and remove 2 screws. [ 1 ] Fig. 4-53 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 18...
  • Page 159 Notes: When installing the cover, set the cable in the case. Fig. 4-55 Remove 1 screw and take out the clamp. Fig. 4-56 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 19...

  • Page 160: Display Board (Dsp)

    Remove 9 screws and take off the hinge bracket [1]. Fig. 4-58 Disconnect 5 connectors. Remove 2 screws and take off the display [ 2 ] board [2]. Fig. 4-59 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 20...

  • Page 161: Key Board (Key)

    [ 1 ] Remove 1 screw of each and take off 2 brackets [1]. Remove the touch panel [2]. [ 1 ] Fig. 4-62 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 21...

  • Page 162: Control Panel Cover

    Lower the control panel unit [3] and remove 2 screws. Remove the control panel unit [3] while sliding it toward the rear side. Fig. 4-65 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 22...

  • Page 163: Key Board

    Remove 8 screws and take off the cover [1]. Fig. 4-67 Remove 7 screws and disconnect 1 flat cable, and take off the KEY board [1]. Fig. 4-68 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 23...

  • Page 164: Dsp Board

    Remove 3 conductive sheets [1], disconnect the 2 connectors [2], and take off 1 flat cable. Remove the DSP board [3]. Fig. 4-71 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 24...

  • Page 165: Touch Panel

    Remove the touch panel [2] from the case [1]. Fig. 4-73 Disconnect the flat cable [2] from the touch panel [1]. Fig. 4-74 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 25...

  • Page 166: Scanner

    Take off the original glass.  P. 4-26 "4.5.1 Original glass" Remove 4 screws and take off the lens Lens cover cover. Fig. 4-77 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 26...

  • Page 167: Automatic Original Detection Sensor (S1/S2/S3/S4/S5)

    Take off the lens cover.  P. 4-26 "4.5.2 Lens cover" Disconnect 1 connector and remove 1 screw. Take off APS sensor. Fig. 4-80 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 27...

  • Page 168: Exposure Lamp (Exp)

     P. 4-1 "4.1.2 Front upper cover" Release the harness from 1 harness clamp. Fig. 4-82 Release the harness from the harness guide. Fig. 4-83 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 28...
  • Page 169  P. 4-40 "4.5.9 Installing the lamp harness" Fig. 4-85 Release 1 clamp of the carriage and take off the harness wiring on the rear frame. Clamp Fig. 4-86 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 29...
  • Page 170  P. 4-1 "4.1.2 Front upper cover" Rotate the drive pulley and move the carriage-1 so that the screw can be seen. Fig. 4-89 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 30...

  • Page 171: Lens Unit

    [A] 4-line CCD Remove the lens cover.  P. 4-26 "4.5.2 Lens cover" Remove 1 screw and take off the APS sensor. Fig. 4-92 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 31...
  • Page 172 2 See chapter 6.9.2 for the adjustment procedure. 3 Do not touch 8 screws shown with the arrows when replacing the lens unit. Fig. 4-95 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 32...
  • Page 173 Remove 1 screw and take off the APS sensor. Fig. 4-97 Disconnect 1 connector and remove 4 screws. Take off the lens unit. Fig. 4-98 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 33...
  • Page 174 4. Handle the unit with care. Do not touch the adjusted area and lens. (Hold the unit as shown in the right figure.) Fig. 4-101 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 34...

  • Page 175: Scan Motor (M1)

    3. The scan motor is pulled by the belt tension jig. Fix the screw A and then B at the stopped position. 4. Remove the belt tension jig. Fig. 4-104 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 35...

  • Page 176: Carriage-1

    Release the harness from the harness guide. Fig. 4-106 Rotate the drive pulley and move the carriage-1 so that the screw can be seen. Fig. 4-107 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 36...
  • Page 177 Release 1 harness clamp of the carriage and take off the harness wiring on the rear frame. Clamp Fig. 4-109 Release the harness from the harness holder. Fig. 4-110 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 37...
  • Page 178 (A). Then move it to the direction (B), push it to the end and fix securely. ( B ) ( A ) Fig. 4-113 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 38...

  • Page 179: Lamp Inverter Board (Inv)

    Remove 2 screws and take off the inverter unit. Inverter unit Fig. 4-115 Remove 2 screws and take off the inverter cover. Inverter cover Fig. 4-116 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 39...

  • Page 180: Installing The Lamp Harness

    Install the harness to 2 harness clamps and wire it under carriage-2. Fig. 4-118 Rotate the drive pulley and move the carriage-1 to the left side. Fig. 4-119 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 40...
  • Page 181 Install the harness in the connector of the lamp inverter board. Lamp inverter board Notes: When installing the harness, be careful not to insert it at an angle. Fig. 4-122 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 41...

  • Page 182: Led Board (Ledb)

    When installing the harness, be careful not to insert it at an angle. Fig. 4-123 Remove 2 screws and take off the LED board [1]. Fig. 4-124 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 42...

  • Page 183: Carriage Wire / Carriage-2

    (A). Then move it to the direction (B), push it to the end and fix securely.  P. 4-38 "Fig. 4-113 " Fig. 4-127 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 43...

  • Page 184: Platen Sensor (S6) / Carriage Home Position Sensor (S7)

    Take off the lens cover.  P. 4-26 "4.5.2 Lens cover" Disconnect 7 connectors, remove 4 screws SLG board and take off the SLG board. Fig. 4-129 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 44...

  • Page 185: Scanner

     P. 4-45 "4.6.1 Original glass" Remove 2 screws. Lift the lens cover [1] and then take off the lens cover toward the left side. Fig. 4-132 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 45...

  • Page 186: Automatic Original Detection Sensor-1

     P. 4-45 "4.6.2 Lens cover" Disconnect 1 connector. Remove 1 screw and take off the automatic original detection sensor-2 [2]. Fig. 4-134 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 46...

  • Page 187: Lens Unit / Ccd Driving Pc Board

    [1]. Fig. 4-135 Disconnect 1 connector [2]. Fig. 4-136 Remove 4 screws and take off the lens unit [3]. Fig. 4-137 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 47...

  • Page 188: Carriage Home Position Sensor

    Remove the seal [1]. Disconnect the 1 connector and release 3 latches, and then remove the carriage home position sensor [2]. Fig. 4-140 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 48...

  • Page 189: Exposure Lamp

    Then disconnect 1 connector [5]. Fig. 4-142 Take off the exposure lamp unit [4]. Fig. 4-143 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 49...
  • Page 190 When installing the scan motor, use the belt tension jig. Fig. 4-144 Remove 2 screws and take off the scan motor [1]. Fig. 4-145 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 50...

  • Page 191: Platen Sensor-1, -2(S21, S22)

    [4]. Fig. 4-146 Disconnect 2 connectors [1], then take off the platen sensor-1 [2] and the platen sensor-2 [3]. Fig. 4-147 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 51...
  • Page 192 Fig. 4-148 Notes: To move the carriage, manually rotate the drive pulley. Fig. 4-149 Remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-150 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 52...
  • Page 193 3. After connecting the exposure lamp harness, move carriage-1 to the leftmost side and check the lamp harness for any twists. Fig. 4-153 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 53...
  • Page 194 4 When installing carriage-1, make sure that the wire is placed on the cutout of carriage-1. Fig. 4-154 Fig. 4-155 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 54...

  • Page 195: Carriage Wire, Carriage-2

    Fig. 4-157 Remove the tension springs [1] in the front and rear sides. Remove the carriage wire [2]. Fig. 4-158 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 55...
  • Page 196 Fig. 4-160 the carriage wires through the tension springs. Make sure the tension applied to the wire is normal. Fig. 4-161 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 56...
  • Page 197 [1] and be passed under the jig arm [2]. 3. When installing the wire holder jig, be careful of the orientation. Fig. 4-164 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 57...

  • Page 198: Laser Optical Unit

    Disconnect 1 connector and remove 1 screw. Take off the duct. Fig. 4-166 Remove 1 screw and take off the metal plate cover [1]. Fig. 4-167 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 58...
  • Page 199 5. Hold the laser optical unit vertically. Do not press the top of the unit where the Fig. 4-170 polygonal motor is installed with your hands or other things. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 59...

  • Page 200: Laser Optical Unit

    [2] and then take it off. Fig. 4-171 Take off the duct [2]. Fig. 4-172 Take off the sponge [4]. Fig. 4-173 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 60...
  • Page 201 Release the harness from the 2 clamps [7] of the laser optical unit. Fig. 4-175 Take off the laser optical unit [8]. Fig. 4-176 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 61...
  • Page 202 Notes: Never loosen or remove the 2 fixing screws [9] of the LDRS board in the laser optical unit. Fig. 4-177 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 62...
  • Page 203 Open the feed cover. Remove 1 screw and take off the drawer feeding unit by sliding it to the front side. Drawer feeding unit Fig. 4-179 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 63...

  • Page 204: Tray-Up Sensor (S16/S19)

    Fig. 4-181 Disconnect 1 connector and then take off the upper/lower drawer empty sensor by Empty sensor releasing 3 latches. Fig. 4-182 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 64...

  • Page 205: Paper Stock Sensor (S15/S18)

    Separation roller holder Fig. 4-184 Detach the lever from the holder and take off Lever the separation roller with the shaft. Separation roller Fig. 4-185 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 65...

  • Page 206: Feed Roller

    Take off the separation roller holder ( P. 4-65 "4.9.6 Separation roller"). One-way clutch Remove the clip and take off the feed roller. Feed roller Clip Fig. 4-188 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 66...

  • Page 207: Pickup Roller

    Remove the pulley, one-way clutch and 3 E- rings. Then take off the pickup roller. E-ring One-way clutch Pulley Pickup roller E-ring Fig. 4-190 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 67...

  • Page 208: Drawer Feed Clutch (Clt4/Clt5)

    Notes: Match the rotation stopper of the clutch with the position shown in the figure for assembling. Bushing Drawer feed clutch Fig. 4-192 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 68...

  • Page 209: Bypass Tray

    Remove 1 screw and then take off the link arm. Lever Link arm Fig. 4-194 Remove 1 screw and then take off the harness cover. Harness cover Fig. 4-195 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 69...

  • Page 210: Paper Width Detection Pc Board (Sfb)

    Fig. 4-197 Remove 1 screw and then take off the sensor cover by releasing 3 hooks. Sensor cover Fig. 4-198 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 70...

  • Page 211: Bypass Feed Unit

    Spring holder Fig. 4-200 Disconnect 1 connector and remove 2 screws. Then take off the bypass feed unit. Bypass feed unit Fig. 4-201 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 71...

  • Page 212: Bypass Separation Pad

    /Bypass feed clutch (CLT3) Take off the bypass feed unit ( P. 4-71 "4.9.12 Bypass feed unit"). Clip Remove 1 clip. Fig. 4-204 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 72...

  • Page 213: Bypass Paper Sensor (S12)

    ( P. 4-71 "4.9.12 Bypass feed unit"). Disconnect 1 connector and then take off the bypass paper sensor by releasing 3 latches. Bypass paper sensor Fig. 4-207 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 73...

  • Page 214: Registration Guide

    ( P. 4-74 "4.9.16 Registration guide"). Actuator Take off the actuator. Registration sensor Release 3 latches and then take off the registration sensor. Fig. 4-210 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 74...

  • Page 215: St Transport Sensor (S21))

    Open the feed cover and then pull out the locking pin. Locking pin Fig. 4-212 Take off the feed cover by sliding it. Feed cover Fig. 4-213 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 75...

  • Page 216: Transport Roller

    Remove 2 screws and take off the holder. Remove 1 clip, 1 E-ring, and then take off the Clip transport roller. Holder Bushing Transport roller E-ring Bushing Fig. 4-216 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 76...

  • Page 217: Nd Transport Sensor (S14)

    Flywheel (e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307) Take off the rear cover.  P. 4-3 "4.1.6 Rear cover" Remove 1 screw and then remove 2 flywheels. Flywheel Fig. 4-219 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 77...

  • Page 218: Flywheel (E-Studio356/456/506 / 357/457/507)

    Fig. 4-221 Disconnect 1 connector and then take off the registration roller clutch. Registration roller clutch Fig. 4-222 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 78...

  • Page 219: Upper Tray-Up Motor (M11)

    Upper drawer tray-up motor Notes: Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Fig. 4-225 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 79...

  • Page 220: Upper Drawer Detection Switch (Sw6)

    Remove 1 clip and then take off the bushing. Bushing Clip Fig. 4-227 Remove 3 screws and then take off the bracket. Bracket Fig. 4-228 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 80...

  • Page 221: Lower Drawer Detection Switch (Sw7)

    Take off the rear cover.  P. 4-3 "4.1.6 Rear cover" Remove 2 screws and then take off the bracket. Bracket Fig. 4-231 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 81...

  • Page 222: Lower Tray-Up Motor (M12)

    Fig. 4-233 Remove 2 screws and take off the lower tray- up motor along with the bracket. Bracket Fig. 4-234 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 82...

  • Page 223: Registration Roller (Rubber)

    Lift up the rear side of the registration roller and then pull out the roller to the rear side. Registration roller (rubber) Fig. 4-237 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 83...

  • Page 224: Registration Roller (Metal)

    Take off the registration roller (metal) by sliding it to the rear side and pulling it out toward you. Registration roller (metal) Fig. 4-240 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 84...
  • Page 225 Toner motor Notes: Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Fig. 4-243 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 85...

  • Page 226: Main Motor Drive Unit

    Take off the duct. Process unit fan  P. 4-58 "4.7.1 Laser optical unit" Take off the process unit fan from the duct. Duct Fig. 4-246 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 86...

  • Page 227: Process Unit Fan (M2)

    When installing the process unit fan [2], make sure that its harness is placed as shown in the photo [3] (rear lower side). Fig. 4-248 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 87...
  • Page 228 Release 1 latch. Then pull out the harness cover and take it off. Harness cover Fig. 4-250 Disconnect 3 connectors. Connector Connector Connector Fig. 4-251 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 88...
  • Page 229 Process unit front cover Fig. 4-253 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 89...

  • Page 230: Discharge Led

    Release 1 latch and take off the discharge LED unit. Notes: Be careful not to touch or scratch the drum surface at this time. Discharge LED unit Latch Fig. 4-256 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 90...

  • Page 231: Main Charger

    Notes: Be careful not to touch or scratch the drum surface at this time. Main charger Fig. 4-259 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 91...

  • Page 232: Main Charger Grid

     P. 4-92 "4.11.5 Main charger grid"  P. 4-92 "4.11.6 Main charger cleaner" Take off the terminal covers of both front and rear sides. Fig. 4-262 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 92...

  • Page 233: Drum

    3. Be careful not to touch or scratch the Lever edge of the cleaning blade. Fig. 4-265 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 93...

  • Page 234: Drum Cleaning Blade

    When the drum separation fingers have been replaced, check if the pressure movement is normal by moving them with your hands. Spring Drum separation finger Fig. 4-268 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 94...

  • Page 235: Recovery Blade

    Fig. 4-270 4.11.12 Ozone filter Open the automatic duplexing unit. Lift up the transfer unit. Transfer unit Fig. 4-271 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 95...

  • Page 236: Tru Fan (M9)

    Take off the transfer unit ( P. 4-99 "4.11.17 Transfer unit"). Terminal Remove 1 screw and then take off the terminal on the rear side. Fig. 4-274 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 96...

  • Page 237: Transfer Roller Unit

    1. Be careful not to drop the spring. 2. When installing the charger, pay attention to the position of the spring. Fig. 4-277 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 97...

  • Page 238: Transfer Roller

    Separation needle Notes: Power supply plate When installing the separation needle, be sure to insert it underneath the power supply plate. Cover Fig. 4-280 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 98...

  • Page 239: Transfer Unit

     P. 4-3 "4.1.6 Rear cover" Temperature/humidity sensor Disconnect 1 connector, remove 1 screw and then take off the temperature/humidity sensor. Fig. 4-282 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 99...
  • Page 240 Developer unit Fig. 4-284 2. Do not deform the Guide film by touching this. Guide film Fig. 4-285 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 100...
  • Page 241 2. When cleaning the developer unit, never attempt to use solvent. Fig. 4-288 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 101...
  • Page 242 Place the developer unit upside down. Disconnect 2 connectors. Fig. 4-290 Remove 1 screw. Then take off the EPU memory board. EPU memory board Fig. 4-291 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 102...
  • Page 243 Drum thermistor ( P. 4-101 "4.12.3 Removing developer material"). Disconnect 1 connector, remove 1 screw and take off the drum thermistor. Connector Fig. 4-294 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 103...
  • Page 244 Recovered toner drive unit Fig. 4-296 Remove 2 plate springs fixing the doctor Plate spring sleeve on its both ends. Plate spring Fig. 4-297 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 104...
  • Page 245 Remove 2 screws and take off the bracket. Bracket Fig. 4-300 Remove 1 E-ring and take off the guide roller on the front side. Guide roller E-ring Fig. 4-301 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 105...
  • Page 246 (12) Remove 2 screws. Take off 1 bearing and the bracket. Bearing Bracket Fig. 4-304 (13) Take off 3 gears and 1 timing belt. Timing belt Gear Fig. 4-305 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 106...
  • Page 247 (16) Remove the seal on the front side. Remove 1 Seal E-ring and 1 bushing. E-ring Bushing Fig. 4-307 (17) Take off the developer sleeve. Developer sleeve Fig. 4-308 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 107...
  • Page 248 Remove 2 bushings and 2 oil seals from the holder. Oil seal (Replacement of Oil Seal:  P. 4-110 "4.12.10 Replacement of oil seal") Bushing Fig. 4-311 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 108...
  • Page 249 (Replacement of Oil Seal:  P. 4-110 "4.12.10 Replacement of oil seal") Oil seal Bushing Fig. 4-314 Take off the mixer-1. Mixer-1 Fig. 4-315 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 109...
  • Page 250 Apply the grease (Alvania No.2; amount of 2 rice grains) on entire surface of the oil seal evenly. Grease Notes: Wipe off the excessive grease. Oil seal Fig. 4-317 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 110...
  • Page 251 Install the metal plates removed in step (2) in the fuser unit with 1 screw each. Front side Rear side Fig. 4-320 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 111...
  • Page 252 Notes: When installing, be sure to release the pressure release lever. Release Pressure roller unit Pressure release lever Release Fig. 4-322 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 112...
  • Page 253 Remove 3 screw and take off the separation finger guide [1]. Fig. 4-324 Remove 5 springs [1] and take off 5 separation fingers [2]. Fig. 4-325 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 113...

  • Page 254: Fuser Roller

    Bearing Remove 1 C-ring, 1 gear and 1 bearing from the fuser roller rear side. Bearing Gear C-ring Fig. 4-327 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 114...

  • Page 255: Heater Lamp

    307, the sub heater lamp is not installed. 6. Be careful not to deform the fuser roller by pushing strongly. Weld Fig. 4-330 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 115...
  • Page 256 1. Do not touch the lamps directly with bare hands. Side heater lamp 2. Be careful not to deform the fuser roller by pushing strongly. Fig. 4-331 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 116...
  • Page 257 Edge thermistor installation positions of the side thermistor Side thermistor and edge thermistor by the length of each harness. Center thermistor Fig. 4-334 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 117...
  • Page 258 Remove 2 screws, and then take off the fuser front thermostat [1]. Fig. 4-336 Notes: Do not loosen the 2 red screws fixing the thermostat holder. Fig. 4-337 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 118...
  • Page 259 Wire the harness as shown in the figure and fix it with clamp securely. • Do not loosen the 1 red screw [2] fixing the thermostat holder. Fig. 4-340 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 119...

  • Page 260: Pressure Roller

    Front cover Fig. 4-342 Disconnect 1 connector, and then take off the Fuse cover fuse cover while holding a hook. Hook Fig. 4-343 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 120...
  • Page 261 Fig. 4-346 Remove 2 E-rings and the bearings on both E-ring ends of the pressure roller. Pressure roller Bearing Bearing E-ring Fig. 4-347 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 121...
  • Page 262 [3] while releasing a hook. Fig. 4-349 Notes: Wire the harness as shown in the figure and fix it with clamp securely. Fig. 4-350 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 122...
  • Page 263 [3] outside of it as shown in the right-hand figure. Fig. 4-351 Connect the connectors of the fuser unit fuse. Fuser unit fuse Connector Fig. 4-352 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 123...
  • Page 264 Inner cover latches Fig. 4-354 Disconnect 1 connector and remove 1 screw, and take off the switch unit. Connector Switch unit Fig. 4-355 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 124...

  • Page 265: Paper Exit Unit

    / 357/ 457/507)") Disconnect 1 connector and remove 2 Connector screws, and take off the paper exit unit. Paper exit unit Fig. 4-358 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 125...
  • Page 266 Notes: When installing the exit motor, make sure to Heat sink put on the timing belt. Timing belt Exit motor Fig. 4-361 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 126...

  • Page 267: Exit Roller

    When installing the motor cover, engage the shaft of the motor cover and the bearing of the gear. Motor cover Gear Fig. 4-364 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 127...
  • Page 268 2 springs on the lower part of the exit roller come off. Bushing Gear Spring Rollers E-ring Spring Bushing Fig. 4-366 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 128...
  • Page 269 Connector Fig. 4-367 Remove 2 screws and take off the reverse motor. Reverse motor Fig. 4-368 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 129...
  • Page 270 Window solenoid is installed at the center of the scale. (The scale is longer in the center.). Center Reverse gate solenoid Fig. 4-371 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 130...
  • Page 271 Lever Slit Plate Fig. 4-372 Disconnect 1 connector, release the latch, and take off the reverse sensor. Reverse sensor Connector Fig. 4-373 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 131...
  • Page 272 Remove 1 gear, 1 Clip, 2 springs and 2 bushings, and take off the reverse roller. Clip Reverse roller Bushing Rollers Bushing Gear Springs Fig. 4-375 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 132...
  • Page 273 Remove 1 gear, 1 clip and 2 bushings, and take off the upper transport roller. Clip Upper transport roller Bushing Bushing Gear Fig. 4-376 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 133...
  • Page 274 Slid and take off the fixing band, and then take off the ADU to the direction of the arrow. Fixing band Fig. 4-379 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 134...
  • Page 275 ADU upper guide. Connector ADU upper guide Fig. 4-381 Release the latches and take off the ADU entrance sensor. entrance sensor Fig. 4-382 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 135...
  • Page 276 Fig. 4-384 Remove 4 screws and the take off the ADU ADU lower lower guide. guide Connector Fig. 4-385 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 136...
  • Page 277 When installing the ADU motor, install the ADU motor unit to the equipment, then close the Automatic Duplexing Unit before tightening this screw. Fig. 4-388 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 137...
  • Page 278 Connector Switch unit Fig. 4-390 Take off the ADU opening/closing switch with pressing the both sides of it. ADU opening/closing switch Fig. 4-391 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 138...
  • Page 279 Fig. 4-393 Remove 4 screws and the take off the ADU lower guide. ADU lower guide Connector Fig. 4-394 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 139...
  • Page 280 When installing the ADU clutch, fit the guide of the ADU cover in the groove of the ADU clutch. Rotation stopper ADU cover Guide Fig. 4-397 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 140...
  • Page 281 Take off the transfer unit. Bracket Bracket Fig. 4-399 Disconnect 1 connector, remove 2 screws Bypass feed unit and take off the bypass feed unit. Fig. 4-400 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 141...
  • Page 282 When installing the gear, insert the pin in the roller shaft and fit it in the groove of the gear. Gear Ground plate Bushing Clip Fig. 4-404 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 142...
  • Page 283 Fig. 4-405 Disconnect the connector. Connector Fig. 4-406 Remove 2 screws and take off the bracket on the rear side. Bracket Fig. 4-407 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 143...
  • Page 284 Remove 1 screw on the rear side. Fig. 4-409 Open the RADF. Fig. 4-410 Remove 2 screws on the front side. Fig. 4-411 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 144...
  • Page 285 Remove 1 screw and the ground wire, and then disconnect 2 connectors (3 connectors if the optional damp heater is installed). Fig. 4-414 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 145...
  • Page 286 Remove 3 screws and take off 2 fixing brackets on the front side. Fixing bracket Fixing bracket Fig. 4-417 Lift up the equipment and take off the PFP. Fig. 4-418 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 146...
  • Page 287 Remove 1 screw and then take off the stopper from the lower drawer of the equipment. Stopper Take off the lower drawer of the equipment. Drawer Fig. 4-421 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 147...
  • Page 288 Remove 3 screws and take off 2 fixing brackets on the front side. Fixing bracket Fixing bracket Fig. 4-424 Lift up the equipment and take off the LCF. Fig. 4-425 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 148...
  • Page 289 Turn the power OFF and unplug the power cable. Take off the connector cover [1]. Fig. 4-426 Disconnect the connector [1]. Fig. 4-427 Open the front cover [1]. Fig. 4-428 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 149...
  • Page 290 Pull out the finisher from the equipment. Fig. 4-429 Remove 1 screw and take off the bracket [1]. Fig. 4-430 Insert the finisher to the equipment. Fig. 4-431 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 150...
  • Page 291 Remove 3 screws and take off the cover [1]. Fig. 4-432 Remove 1 screw. Fig. 4-433 (10) Take off the finisher from the equipment. Fig. 4-434 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 151...
  • Page 292 Turn the power OFF and unplug the power cable. Take off the connector cover [1]. Fig. 4-435 Disconnect the connector [1]. Fig. 4-436 Open the front cover [1]. Fig. 4-437 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 152...
  • Page 293 Remove 1 screw. Fig. 4-438 Close the front cover [1]. Fig. 4-439 Remove 1 screw. Fig. 4-440 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 153...
  • Page 294 Pull out the finisher from the equipment. Fig. 4-441 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 154...
  • Page 295 Pull out the fixing lever of the finisher. Then take off the Finisher. Notes: Be careful not to fell the finisher when moving the finisher unit only. Lever Fig. 4-444 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 155...
  • Page 296 Take off the connector cover [1]. Fig. 4-445 Disconnect the connector [1]. Fig. 4-446 Open the front upper cover [1]. Fig. 4-447 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 156...
  • Page 297 Fig. 4-448 Attach the caster (front side) with 2 screws and fix it. Fig. 4-449 Pull out the finisher from the equipment. Fig. 4-450 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 157...
  • Page 298 Disconnect 1 connector. Connector Fig. 4-451 Remove 1 screw and take off the cover. Cover Fig. 4-452 Remove 1 screw. Fig. 4-453 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 158...
  • Page 299 4 screws and take off the bracket. Bracket Fig. 4-455 • When MJ-1106/1108 is installed; Remove 2 screws and take off the bracket [1]. Fig. 4-456 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 159...
  • Page 300 Turn the power OFF and unplug the power cable. Take off the tray. Tray Fig. 4-458 Remove 2 screws and take off the cover. Cover Fig. 4-459 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 160...
  • Page 301 Fig. 4-461 Remove 1 screw. Lift up the job separator and release the hook. Take off the job separator toward the front. Fig. 4-462 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 161...
  • Page 302 4.16.10 MJ-5005 (Offset tray) (e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307) Turn the power OFF and unplug the power cable. Take off the tray. Tray Fig. 4-463 Remove 2 screws and take off the cover. Cover Fig. 4-464 Take off the right rear cover-1 and the right rear cover-2.
  • Page 303 4.16.11 MJ-5006 (Job separator) (e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/507) Turn the power OFF and unplug the power cable. Take off the tray. Tray Fig. 4-468 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 163...
  • Page 304  P. 4-6 "4.1.13 Right rear cover-1 / Right rear cover-2" Disconnect 2 connectors. Fig. 4-470 Remove 2 screws and take off the cover. Cover Fig. 4-471 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 164...

  • Page 305: Preparation

    4. Be sure not to drop small parts such as screws into the equipment. 4.17.2 Procedure Remove 3 screws and take off the right upper cover. Right upper cover Fig. 4-473 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 165...
  • Page 306 Fig. 4-474 Take off the original glass. Original glass Fig. 4-475 Remove 4 screws and take off the lens cover. Lens cover Fig. 4-476 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 166...
  • Page 307 Insert the connector into the lens unit. Fig. 4-478 Install the lens cover with 4 screws. Lens cover Fig. 4-479 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 167...
  • Page 308 Fix the Scanner Damp Heater (Left) with 1 screw and then insert 1 connectors. Notes: Check that no harnesses will be caught by moving the carriage. Fig. 4-482 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 168...
  • Page 309 Fig. 4-484 (15) Install the fixing bracket with 2 screws. Fixing bracket Fig. 4-485 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 169...
  • Page 310 Right upper cover Fig. 4-486 (17) Open the front cover. Front cover Fig. 4-487 (18) Take off the toner cartridge. Toner cartridge Fig. 4-488 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 170...
  • Page 311 (20) Loosen 2 screws and pull out the process unit. Process unit Fig. 4-490 (21) Remove 2 screws, and then take off the inner tray. Inner tray Fig. 4-491 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 171...
  • Page 312 Then open the upper side of the rear cover slightly toward you, and then take off the rear cover by lifting it up. Rear cover Fig. 4-494 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 172...
  • Page 313 Laser optical unit Notes: When removing and installing the laser optical unit, be careful not to deform the leaf spring. Leaf spring Fig. 4-497 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 173...
  • Page 314 Fuse board Fig. 4-499 (30) Run the harness through the clamp, and then through the hole of the frame of the equipment. Fig. 4-500 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 174...
  • Page 315 Fig. 4-501 (32) Connect 1 connector and install 3 clamps. Fig. 4-502 (33) Remove 1 screw and take off the duct. Duct Fig. 4-503 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 175...
  • Page 316 Switching regulator Fig. 4-505 (37) Attach the harness to the clamp. Clamp Fig. 4-506 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 176...
  • Page 317 Check the following after the installation of the Damp Heater 1. Image quality 2. Abnormal heating 3. Any screws not installed Fig. 4-508 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 177...

  • Page 318: Damp Heater Kit (Mf-5070U/E) Installation Procedure

    3 hooks on Rear cover the holes of the upper rear cover to fix it. Then tighten 5 screws to fix it securely. Fig. 4-510 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 178...
  • Page 319 Fig. 4-512 Remove 2 screws and take off the original glass [1]. Fig. 4-513 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 179...
  • Page 320 Fig. 4-514 Notes: Push the protrusion on the scanner until it completely fits into the square holes on the scanner damp heater. Fig. 4-515 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 180...
  • Page 321 Securely insert the 2 pins of the original glass [1] into the holes in the frame. Fig. 4-517 Install the right upper cover [1] with 2 screws. Fig. 4-518 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 181...
  • Page 322 Fig. 4-519 (11) Take off the toner cartridge. Toner cartridge Fig. 4-520 (12) Open the automatic duplexing unit. Automatic duplexing unit Fig. 4-521 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 182...
  • Page 323 [1] upward, and then take it off by sliding it to the rear side. Fig. 4-523 (15) Remove 2 screws and take off the left rear cover-2 [1]. Fig. 4-524 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 183...
  • Page 324 (19) Remove the duct fixing screw [3]. Raise the front side of duct [2] and then take it off. Fig. 4-527 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 184...
  • Page 325 Connect the flat harness to the laser optical unit with its electrode side to the front. A “CA20” error will be displayed if the connection is incorrect. Fig. 4-530 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 185...
  • Page 326 (24) Take off the laser optical unit [8]. Fig. 4-532 (25) Remove 1 screw and then take off the damp heater cover. Damp Heater cover Screw Fig. 4-533 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 186...
  • Page 327 Fuse board Fig. 4-535 (28) Run the harness through the clamp, and then through the hole of the frame of the equipment. Fig. 4-536 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 187...
  • Page 328 Fig. 4-537 (30) Connect 1 connector and install 3 clamps. Fig. 4-538 (31) Connect 1 connector. Fig. 4-539 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 188...
  • Page 329 Switching regulator Fig. 4-541 (35) Attach the harness to the clamp. Clamp Fig. 4-542 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 189...
  • Page 330 Check the following after the installation of the damp heater 1. Image quality 2. Abnormal heating 3. Any screws not installed Fig. 4-544 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 190...
  • Page 331 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 191...
  • Page 332 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 192...

  • Page 333: Self-Diagnosis Modes

    Performs firmware update with USB media. [POWER] update mode [POWER] OFF/ON [8] + [9] + Performs firmware update with download jig. [POWER] [POWER] OFF/ON © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 1...
  • Page 334 *1. Turn OFF the power after using the self-diagnosis modes, and leave the equipment to the user. *2. Mode shown in the table “[C] List of modes” e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 2...
  • Page 335 Refer to  P. 5-26 "5.12 SRAM Clear Mode (6C)". • List print mode (9S) Refer to the following.  P. 5-28 "5.13 List Print Mode (9S)" © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 3...
  • Page 336 This mode resets the administrator password and service password. The user data is erased when resetting the passwords. Operation procedure [4][8][9] [START] [POWER] OFF/ON [POWER] (Operation started) (Exit) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 4...

  • Page 337: Service Ui

    Turn the power ON. Press the [USER FUNCTIONS] button. With the [USER FUNCTIONS] menu displayed, enter the Service Mode password provided during product training. Fig.5-2 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 5...
  • Page 338 Note that the user data are deleted at that time. Press the [USER FUNCTIONS] button. Enter the password for Service UI on the USER FUNCTIONS screen. The SERVICE MODE screen is displayed. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 6...

  • Page 339: Service Mode] Screen

    Press the [SETTINGS] button on the SERVICE MODE screen to display the SETTINGS screen. Fig.5-4 Press the [SERVICE PASSWORD] button to change the service password, or [RESET ADMIN PASSWORD] to reset the administrator password. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 7...

  • Page 340: Input Check (Test Mode 03)

    [POWER] OFF/ON [POWER] [COPY] (Exit) [CLEAR] [CLEAR] Notes: Initialization is performed before the equipment enters the test mode. Fig.5-5 Example of display during input check e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 8...

  • Page 341: Output Check (Test Mode 03)

    Turn OFF the power and then back ON to clear the error. 2. During test printing, the [CLEAR] button is disabled when “Wait adding toner” is displayed. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES...

  • Page 342: Operation Procedure In Adjustment Mode (05)

    (Test copy) * When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, error message is displayed. Return to standby screen by pressing the [CANCEL] or [CLEAR] button. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 10...
  • Page 343 In that case, turn ON the power normally, leave the equipment for approx. 3 minutes after it has become ready state and then start up the adjustment mode again. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...

  • Page 344: Test Print Pattern In Adjustment Mode (05)

    * [FUNCTION CLEAR] (Stores value Sets or in RAM) changes value [CLEAR] [CLEAR] (Corrects value) (Corrects value) * Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 12...
  • Page 345 [CANCEL] [OK] [0][8] [Digital key] [Digital key] [POWER] [START] [START] [POWER] (Code) (Sub-code) OFF/ON [INTERRUPT] (Exit) Adjustment value [CLEAR] cannot be changed (Corrects value) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 13...

  • Page 346: Assist Mode (3C)

    2. Key FROM to SRAM Back up the encryption key from FROM to SRAM. 3. License SRAM to FROM Restore the license from SRAM to FROM. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 14...
  • Page 347 When the HDD is replaced, the service tech password stored in the new one is set as a blank. Therefore, its password is copied to the SRAM board so that both passwords become the same with this function. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES...

  • Page 348: Operating Procedure Of Assist Mode

    6. Erase HDD Securely 7. Erase SRAM Securely 8. Clear Service Tech Password Fig.5-6 Select the item with the digital keys and press the [START] button. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 16...

  • Page 349: Hdd Assist Mode (4C)

    Current HDD type: ADI HDD Update Mode : 4c Mode Select number (1-2) and press START key 1. Revert factory initial status HDD 2. Remove key Fig.5-7 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 17...
  • Page 350 Select number (1-2) and press START key => 1. Revert factory initial status HDD 2. Remove key Operation Failed. Press SoftPower Key to Switch Off Fig.5-9 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 18...
  • Page 351 Press SoftPower Key to Switch Off Fig.5-11 Note: If the equipment is started in the normal mode with this condition, an HDD mounting error occurs. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 19...
  • Page 352 Data in the HDD has been erased. Press SoftPower Key to Switch Off Fig.5-13 Note: After this operation, the equipment becomes reusable without reinstalling the firmware. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 20...

  • Page 353: File System Recovery Mode (5C)

    Fig.5-14 Remarks: When the mode is started, “1. Check F/S” is selected by default. (“>” is displayed on the left of the selected number.) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 21...
  • Page 354 3-8: Recovers each partition shown above. Remarks: More than one partition can be selected. (“>” is displayed on the left of the selected number.) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 22...
  • Page 355 [D] Initialize the DB (Initialize DB) In case that particular service calls occur or there is a possibility of damage to the databases, each one can be initialized. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES...
  • Page 356 [F] Displaying usage rate of each partition (DISK Info) The usage rate of each partition can be checked. When this item is selected, the usage rate of each partition is displayed. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 24...
  • Page 357 /encryption --- encrypted partition --- Fig.5-20 Remarks: The disk information of a partition indicated as “Encrypted Partition” is not displayed as it is encrypted. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 25...

  • Page 358: Sram Clear Mode (6C)

    Items 1 and 2 can be canceled while 0 and 3 cannot. • When “3” is keyed in and the [START] button is pressed, the operation starts. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 26...
  • Page 359 3C mode. • After updating with a download jig and clearing the SRAM data, select this item. • After selecting this, initialize SRAM following its replacement procedure. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES...

  • Page 360: List Print Mode (9S)

    In the USB storage procedure above, lists are stored in a CSV format. The names of the CSV files are shown below. 201: ADJUSTMENT_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv 202: SETTING_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv 203: PM_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv 204: PIXEL_TONER_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 28...

  • Page 361: List Printing

    (Maximum 100 items) (Maximum 100 items) Version list Total counter list (05) adjustment value difference (08) setting value difference Job log/Message log All CSV files © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 29...
  • Page 362 The selected adjustment codes and the current adjustment value for each code are output in a list. See the following page for the adjustment code (05): Refer to chapter 15 - “Adjustment Code (05)”. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 30...
  • Page 363 PM units. Use this list for confirming the PM units to be replaced at each PM. See the following page for PM: Refer to  P. 7-1 "7. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)". © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES...
  • Page 364 Pixel counter data (service call reference) are output in a list. See the following page for the pixel counter:  P. 5-39 "5.14 Pixel counter and its related code" e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 32...

  • Page 365: Error History

    Fig.5-28 The error history is output. See the following page for the parameters for each error: Refer to  P. 8-31 "8.2.4 Printer function error". © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 33...
  • Page 366 Printer counter data (full color) when firmware was updated LIST List print counter data when firmware was updated Fax print counter data when firmware was updated STATUS Result of update e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 34...
  • Page 367 Whether the power was turned ON or OFF, or if it was turned ON or OFF with a remote reset function TOTAL Total counter data when the power was turned OFF and then back ON © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 35...
  • Page 368 Some of the characters in the fonts that are used to print the version list are not supported. As a result, the language names under LANGUAGE VERSION may not be printed correctly when printing the version list. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 36...
  • Page 369 SMALL xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx LARGE xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx TOTAL CALIBRATION COUNTER : 0 Fig.5-32 The list of total counter is output. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 37...
  • Page 370 08-9022 (Production process management status for easy setup). In this case, the current values are stored in the file, but not the ones for unpacking and setting up. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 38...

  • Page 371: Pixel Counter And Its Related Code

    Also there are other factors in addition to the above, such as environment, individual difference of equipment, difference in lot quality of materials, toner density and drum surface potential. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...
  • Page 372 Clearing of the counter of the toner cartridge reference is performed in the setting mode (08-6503). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 40...
  • Page 373  Pixel count: 100%, Print count: 4 Printing 2 pages on A3/LD size with 6% of laser emission  Pixel count: 6%, Print count: 4 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 41...
  • Page 374 08-6502: All information related to the service technician reference pixel count is cleared. 08-6503: All information related to the toner cartridge reference pixel count is cleared. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 42...
  • Page 375 The relation between pixel count and number of output pages per cartridge is as follows: Standard number of output pages X/10 6% 12% Pixel count (%) Fig.5-35 Pixel count and number of output pages per cartridge © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 43...
  • Page 376 The following screen is displayed when the toner cartridge reference is selected in the setting mode (08-6505). Fig.5-36 Information screen of toner cartridge reference e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 44...
  • Page 377 The following screen is displayed when the service technician reference is selected in the setting mode (08-6505). Fig.5-37 Information screen of service technician reference © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 45...
  • Page 378 10 20080208 Average Pixel Count[%] 6.15 3.86 23.25 5.74 11 20080208 Latest Pixel Count[%] 7.32 2.19 6.25 2.19 Fig.5-38 Data list of toner cartridge reference e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 46...
  • Page 379 Average pixel count (%) 6635 6604 Latest pixel count (%) 6644 6618 Total Average pixel count (%) 6634 6605 Table 5-202 Pixel count code table © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 47...
  • Page 380 The date (08-6502 was performed) is stored. Toner cartridge reference cleared date The toner cartridge reference cleared date is displayed. The date (08-6503 was performed) is stored. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODES 5 - 48...

  • Page 381: Setting / Adjustment

    Code in mode 05 6.4.1 Automatic gamma adjustment 7165 ( Chapter 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7 ) Adjust the image quality if necessary. Fig.6-1 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 1...

  • Page 382: Adjustment Of Auto-Toner Sensor

    • C indicates the latest adjustment value. After about two minutes, the value B automatically starts changing. 230% 2000 TEST MODE WAIT Fig.6-4 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 2...
  • Page 383 The drum, developer unit, etc. are stopped and the following is displayed. 100% [OK] TEST MODE [INTERRUPT] Fig.6-6 Turn the power OFF. (10) Install the toner cartridge. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 3...

  • Page 384: Image Dimensional Adjustment

    (d) Reproduction ratio of secondary scanning 3032 direction (e) Image location of secondary scanning 3031 direction (f) Top margin 4050 (g) Right margin 4052 (h) Bottom margin 4053 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 4...
  • Page 385 100% return to step 1 and COPYING repeat the adjustment procedure. Power OFF/ON : Exit the Adjustment Mode. Fig.6-7 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 5...

  • Page 386: Paper Alignment At The Registration Roller

    If this scraping noise is annoying, try to decrease the value. Fig.6-8 Perform the same procedure for all paper sources. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 6...
  • Page 387 * As a tentative countermeasure, the service life of the feed roller can be extended by increasing the aligning amount. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...

  • Page 388: Printer Related Adjustment

     P. 6-11 "[D] Secondary scanning data laser writing start position" 52 ± 0.5mm  P. 6-12 "[E] Primary scanning data laser writing start position at duplexing" 52 ± 0.5mm e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 8...
  • Page 389  Press [OK] or [INTERRUPT] (Stored in memory). Notes: Make sure the first line of the grid pattern is printed out since the line is occasionally vanished. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 390  Press [1]  [FAX]  (A grid pattern is printed out.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance C becomes. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506: approx. 0.125 mm/step e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507: approx. 0.25 mm/step e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 10...
  • Page 391 The larger the adjustment value is, the shorter the distance D becomes (approx. 0.54 mm/ step). * e-STUDIO357/457/507: The larger the adjustment value is, the shorter the distance D becomes (approx. 0.84 mm/ step). © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 11...
  • Page 392  Press [3]  [FAX]  (A grid pattern is printed out.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance E becomes (approx. 0.05 mm/ step). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 12...
  • Page 393 LD), 4019-1 (Lower drawer, A4/ LT)) Remarks: When the adjustment (05-4009) is performed, the same adjustment for FAX (05-4010) is automatically and consecutively performed. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 13...

  • Page 394: Scanner Related Adjustment

    Apply the screw locking agents to the Carriage-1 adjustment screws. (2 areas) • Recommended screw lock agent Fig.6-12 Manufacturer: Three Bond Product name: 1401E e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 14...
  • Page 395 * The larger the adjustment value is, the higher the reproduction ratio and the longer the distance A become. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506: approx. 0.125 mm/step e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507: approx. 0.15 mm/step Copied image of the ruler Feeding direction Fig.6-13 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 15...
  • Page 396 * The smaller the adjustment value is, the more the image is shifted to the left and the distance B becomes narrower. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506: approx. 0.042 mm/step e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507: approx. 0.085 mm/step Copied image of the ruler Feeding direction Fig.6-14 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 16...
  • Page 397 * The smaller the adjustment value is, the lower the reproduction ratio becomes. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506: approx. 0.05 mm/step e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507: approx. 0.45 mm/step Copied image of the ruler Feeding direction Fig.6-15 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 17...
  • Page 398 * The larger the adjustment value is, the more the image is shifted to the trailing edge. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506: approx. 0.13 mm/step e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507: approx. 0.14 mm/step Copied image of the ruler Feeding direction Fig.6-16 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 18...
  • Page 399  (“100% A” is displayed.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/ step). Feeding direction Fig.6-17 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 19...
  • Page 400 * The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area at the right side becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/step). Feeding direction Fig.6-18 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 20...
  • Page 401 * The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area at the trailing edge becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/step). Feeding direction Fig.6-19 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 21...

  • Page 402: Image Quality Adjustment (Copying Function)

    Then, check if the patch chart on the original glass is placed in the wrong direction or if it is placed inclined on the original glass, and then repeat step (3) and afterward. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 22...

  • Page 403: Density Adjustment

    (Default: 128) Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make adjustment using the following procedure. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 23...
  • Page 404 Press the [FAX] button and then the [START] button. Then perform test copying. If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 24...

  • Page 405: Background Adjustment

    Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make adjustment using the following procedure. *1: e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 only. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 25...

  • Page 406: Setting Range Correction

    Procedure is same as that of  P. 6-23 "6.4.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 26...

  • Page 407: Gamma Balance Adjustment

    Press the [FAX] button and then the [START] button. Then perform test copying. If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7). © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...

  • Page 408: Adjustment Of Image Density

    Press the [FAX] button and then select an original mode. Then press the [START] button to perform test copying. If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 28...

  • Page 409: Background Offsetting Adjustment For Radf

    Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-23 "6.4.2 Density adjustment". © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 29...

  • Page 410: Image Quality Adjustment (Printing Function)

    Turn the power OFF and then back ON to perform printing job. If the desired text density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (5). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 30...
  • Page 411 Turn the power OFF and then back ON to perform printing job. If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7). © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 412 Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Then perform printing. If the image density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 32...

  • Page 413: Image Quality Adjustment (Scanning Function)

    For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5). Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Then perform scanning. If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7). © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 414 The larger the value is, the darker the image becomes. center value Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) 7456 7457 7458 7478 7459 Automatic density e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 34...

  • Page 415: Judgment Threshold For Acs

    You have to make adjustment by balancing between moire and sharpness. The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-34 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 416 8361 8362 8365 Range correction (Manual density adjustment) The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-34 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 36...
  • Page 417 Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) 7441 Custom mode 7439 Grayscale The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-34 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 37...

  • Page 418: Fine Adjustment Of Black Density

    Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) 8326 Photo 8373 User custom The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-34 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 38...

  • Page 419: Background Processing Offset Adjustment

    Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) *e-STUDIO257/257P/357/457/507 only The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-34 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 39...

  • Page 420: Adjustment Of The Capacity And Image Quality Of Slimpdf

    Let the equipment restart. Acquire the SlimPDF file and check it. If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 40...

  • Page 421: Surrounding Void Amount Adjustment

    Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) 8304-2 Low quality Procedure is same as that of  P. 6-34 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 41...

  • Page 422: Radf Scan Noise Reduction (Scanning Function)

    If too small a value is set, the text may not be printed clearly. Procedure is same as that of  P. 6-23 "6.4.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 42...

  • Page 423: Image Quality Adjustment (Fax Function)

    Turn the power OFF. If possible, perform a Fax transmission and check the adjusted density with the image on the recipient's side. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 43...
  • Page 424 For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5). Turn the power OFF. Check the beam level conversion setting with the actual fax data received, if possible. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 44...

  • Page 425: Adjustment Of High-Voltage Transformer

    Connection the transfer Connection for developer bias main charger bias, transfer cleaning separation adjustment" adjustment" bias (positive) and charger transfer cleaning bias adjustment" (negative) adjustment" © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 45...
  • Page 426 Open the automatic duplexing unit. Open the front cover and take off the toner cartridge. Loosen 2 screws and pull out the process unit. Process unit Fig.6-22 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 46...
  • Page 427 Green cable Fig.6-24 Install the door switch jig. Take off the transfer roller unit. Close the automatic duplexing unit. Door switch jig Fig.6-25 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 47...
  • Page 428 ( + ) terminal: Connect with the red cable (thick ) Front cover switch ( - ) terminal: Connect with the black cable (thin) Fig.6-27 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 48...
  • Page 429 ( - ) terminal: Connect with the Front cover opening/closing switch black cable (thin) ( + ) terminal: Connect with the gray cable Fig.6-29 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 49...
  • Page 430 : Adjusted value “YYY” is stored in memory. [INTERRUPT] 100% TEST MODE Return to 1 to enter the other adjustment code. [POWER] : OFF/ON Fig.6-30 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 50...

  • Page 431: Precautions

    Poor transfer occurs although the transfer roller unit, transfer roller and power supply spring are properly installed and no abnormality exists on the appearance of the transfer roller. • Thick paper has been frequently used. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 51...
  • Page 432 Decrease the separation output value when poor transfer occurs. Remember that the separation performance becomes low if the separation output value is decreased too much. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 52...

  • Page 433: Adjustment Of The Scanner Section

    Adjustment of the carriage wire tension is not necessary since a certain tension is applied to the carriage wires by the tension springs. Notes: Make sure the tension applied to the wire is normal. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 53...
  • Page 434 Make sure that the sections A and B of the carriage-2 touch with the exit side frame. Carriage-1 [Rear] [Front] Exit side frame Bracket Bracket Fig.6-34 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 54...
  • Page 435 3 turns 3 turns 3 turns Ball terminal Ball terminal No space between turns Hook Hook Color: Black Color: Silver [Rear] [Front] Fig.6-35 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 55...
  • Page 436 The wire should come out of the slot of the wire holder jig and be passed through between the arm and the jig. Wire holder jig Fig.6-36 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 56...
  • Page 437 • When replacing the unit, do not loosen or remove the screws indicated with the arrows. 4-line CCD Fig.6-37 3-line CCD Fig.6-38 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 57...
  • Page 438 Fig.6-39 Fig.6-40 • Handle the unit with care. Do not hold the lens and adjusted part (hold the unit as shown below). Fig.6-41 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 58...
  • Page 439 Compare the copied ruler with the actual ruler. Feeding Direction Copied ruler Actual ruler Fig.6-42 If each mark on the rulers differs, perform the adjustment with the following procedures. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 59...
  • Page 440 1.4 mm 0.4% 1.8 mm 0.5% 2.3 mm 0.6% 2.7 mm 0.7% 3.2 mm 0.8% 3.6 mm 0.9% 4.1 mm 1.0% 4.5 mm e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 60...
  • Page 441 Attach the lens cover and original glass. Make a copy to confirm the reproduction ratio. Repeat the procedure 1 to 5 until the marks on the copied ruler and actual ruler match. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...

  • Page 442: Adjustment Of The Paper Feeding System

    [Front] [Front] Fig.6-48 Fig.6-47 Bypass feeding Loosen the screw. Move the entire guide to the front or rear side. Tighten the screw. Fig.6-49 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 62...
  • Page 443 Drawer tray Stopper Fig.6-51 Move 1 screw to a position for the adjustment screw. (If it is already moved, skip this step.) Fig.6-52 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 63...
  • Page 444 Install the drawer tray, drawer and stopper. * Adjustable range: 3 mm to the front side, 4 mm to the rear side (Unit: 1 mm) Fig.6-54 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 64...

  • Page 445: Adjustment Of Developer Unit

    Adjust the screws with the doctor blade to push the doctor sleeve jig lightly. Toner scattering prevention sheet Fig.6-57 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 65...
  • Page 446 Developer sleeve Fig.6-58 Confirm that the side seals are attached on the toner scattering prevention sheet. Side seal Toner scattering prevention sheet Fig.6-59 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 66...
  • Page 447 Side seal Rubber seal Developer unit upper cover Fig.6-61 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 67...

  • Page 448: Adjustment Of Dogleg

    Dogleg Image B Feeding Feeding Direction Direction Approx. 48 mm of Approx. 48 mm of the trailing edge the trailing edge Fig.6-63 Fig.6-64 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 68...
  • Page 449 • Dogleg image B Perform adjustment so that the stay of the fuser unit comes above the center line of the scale. Fig.6-67 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 69...

  • Page 450: Adjustment Of The Radf

    RADF). Fig.6-68 Remove the platen sheet. Fig.6-69 Close the RADF and check if the positioning pins fit the holes on the RADF. Fig.6-70 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 70...
  • Page 451 Remove the right-hand hinge screw at the MR-3021/3022 rear side. Fig.6-71 MR-3028 Fig.6-72 Loosen the left-hand hinge screw at the rear side. Fig.6-73 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 71...
  • Page 452 Tighten the left-hand hinge screw at the rear side. Fig.6-76 Loosen the hole position adjustment screws on the right hand side. (MR-3021/3022) Fig.6-77 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 72...
  • Page 453 Match the screw hole positions. MR-3021/3022 Fig.6-78 MR-3028 Fig.6-79 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 73...
  • Page 454 Install the right-hand hinge screw at the rear MR-3021/3022 side. Fig.6-80 MR-3028 Fig.6-81 Loosen the hinge screws at the front side. Fig.6-82 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 74...
  • Page 455 Close the RADF gently and open it to check if the platen sheet is attached properly. Fig.6-83 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 75...

  • Page 456: Adjustment Of Radf Height

    “B” from the left hand side of the equipment. If the value is not within the tolerance, perform the adjustment according to the following procedure. [Tolerance of the gap] Rear side: 0 - 0.5 mm Front side: 0 mm Fig.6-84 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 76...
  • Page 457 Adjust the gap on the rear side by means of the screw on the hinge on the feed side of the RADF. Turn it clockwise ...... Lowered Turn it counterclockwise ... Heightened MR-3021/3022 MR-3028 Fig.6-86 Fig.6-87 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 77...

  • Page 458: Adjustment Of Skew

    [2 Sided -> 2 Sided] and press the [START] button. Superimpose the chart on the copy and check the inclination of the copy image. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 78...
  • Page 459 “+”, and if “D”, shift it to “-”. Fig.6-90 Fig.6-91 Shift the aligning plate in the direction of “+”. Shift the aligning plate in the direction of “-”. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 79...
  • Page 460 “-”, and if “D”, shift it to “+”. Fig.6-93 Fig.6-94 Shift the aligning plate in the direction of “-”. Shift the aligning plate in the direction of “+”. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 80...

  • Page 461: Adjustment Of The Leading Edge Position

    Superimpose the chart on the copy and check the leading edge E of the chart and F of the copy. Fig.6-95 Chart (Original) Fig.6-96 Copy © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 81...
  • Page 462 Notes: Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.2 mm. Press the [OK] button. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 82...

  • Page 463: Adjustment Of Horizontal Position

    If the center line of the copy image is shifted to the rear side of the equipment, enter a value smaller than the current one. Notes: Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.042 mm. Fig.6-98 Press the [OK] button. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 83...

  • Page 464: Adjustment Of Copy Ratio

    If the copy image dimension “I” is smaller than the chart dimension, enter a value larger than the current one. Fig.6-99 Press the [OK] button. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 84...

  • Page 465: Adjustment Of Radf Opening/Closing Sensor (Mr-3021/3022 Only)

    Adjust the bracket position so that the sensor is turned ON when the height “A” becomes 100 mm or less (within the empty weight falling limit). Fig.6-100 Fig.6-101 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 85...

  • Page 466: Adjustment Of The Finisher (Mj-1032)

    Decreasing the value The distance between the stapling position and the edge of the paper becomes shorter. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 86...

  • Page 467: Punching Position Center Adjustment

    The punching position moves farther to the front side from the center position. Decreasing the value The punching position moves farther to the rear side from the center position. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 87...

  • Page 468: Punch Hole Position Adjustment

    Decreasing the value The distance between the punch hole and the trailing edge of the paper becomes longer. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 88...

  • Page 469: Adjustment Of The Finisher (Mj-1033)

    Increasing the value The folding position moves downward against the center position. Decreasing the value The folding position moves upward against the center position. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 89...

  • Page 470: Alignment Position Adjustment

    Decreasing the value The distance between the stapling position and the edge of the paper becomes longer. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 90...
  • Page 471 Decreasing the value The distance between the punch hole and the trailing edge of the paper becomes longer. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 91...

  • Page 472: Saddle Stitch Alignment Position Adjustment

    The gripper arm exiting position moves farther to the front side. Decreasing the value The gripper arm exiting position moves farther to the rear side. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 92...

  • Page 473: Height/Skew Adjustment

    Turn the height adjustment nut [5] of the caster with the wrench to adjust the height of the Finisher. Direction to turn the height adjustment nut Height of the Finisher Clockwise Becomes higher. Counterclockwise Becomes lower. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 93...
  • Page 474 Fig.6-105 Tighten the locking nut [4] by turning it counterclockwise. Fig.6-106 When the adjustment is completed, reinstall the removed covers and wrench. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 94...

  • Page 475: Adjustment Of The Finisher (Mj-1101/1107)

    The alignment plate moves to the A4 or LT size position and stops. (It stops at the position of -5 steps from the center value of the adjustment range.) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...
  • Page 476 Turn OFF the power of the equipment. Turn OFF all bits of the SW1 on the Finisher control board. Install the board access cover. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 96...

  • Page 477: Adjusting The Stapling Position

    The alignment plate moves to the rear or front side stapling position and stops. (It stops at the position of -20 steps from the center value of the adjustment range.) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...
  • Page 478 Turn OFF the power of the equipment. Turn OFF all bits of the SW1 on the Finisher control board. Install the board access cover. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 98...

  • Page 479: B4-Size Recycled Paper Mode Settings

    Be sure to press [Button1] and [Button2] the correct number of times. Press [Button1] and [Button2] simultaneously to cancel the operation. LED3 LED2 LED1 Button1 Button2 Fig.6-115 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 99...
  • Page 480 Turn OFF the power of the equipment. Turn OFF all bits of the SW1 on the Finisher control board. Install the board access cover. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 100...

  • Page 481: Adjusting Paper Exit Speed

    Set the SW1 on the Finisher control board as shown in the figures below. Fig.6-116 Turn ON the power of the equipment while [0] button and [8] button are pressed simultaneously. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 482 Therefore press [Button1] 11 times and the press [Button2] once. Then press [Button1] 4 times and then press [Button2] once. This selects plain paper. Press [Button1] and [Button2] simultaneously. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 102...
  • Page 483 Setting code No. 2 Others A4-R A5-R A6-R B5-R FOLIO LT-R ST-R COMP 13”LG 8.5”SG 16K-R A3 wide Press [Button1] and [Button2] simultaneously. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 103...
  • Page 484 Thick paper 1 Thick paper 2 Thick paper 3 Other A4-R A5-R A6-R B5-R FOLIO LT-R ST-R COMP 13”LG 8.5”SG 16K-R A3 wide e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 104...
  • Page 485 To change the number of LED blinking times from 2 to 3, press [Button1] three times. Press [Button2] once. Press [Button1] and [Button2] simultaneously. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 105...
  • Page 486 (11) Turn OFF all bits of SW1 on the Finisher control board as shown below. ON SW1 ON SW1 Fig.6-119 (12) Install the board access cover with 1 screw. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 106...
  • Page 487 Turn OFF all bits of SW1 on the Finisher control board as shown below. ON SW1 ON SW1 Fig.6-121 Install the board access cover with 1 screw. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 107...

  • Page 488: Adjustment Of The Finisher (Mj-1106/1108)

    The alignment plate moves to the A4 or LT size position and stops. (It stops at the position of -5 steps from the center value of the adjustment range.) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 108...
  • Page 489 Confirm the gap between paper and the alignment plate [2] by moving the adjustment sheet [1] forward and backward to reduce affect by backlash of the gear of the side alignment plate. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...
  • Page 490 Turn OFF the power of the equipment. Turn OFF all bits of the SW1 on the Finisher control board. (10) Install the board access cover. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 110...
  • Page 491 The alignment plate moves to the rear or front side stapling position and stops. (It stops at the position of -20 steps from the center value of the adjustment range.) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...
  • Page 492 Turn OFF the power of the equipment. Turn OFF all bits of the SW1 on the Finisher control board. Install the board access cover. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 112...

  • Page 493: Stapling/Folding Position Adjustment In Saddle Stitch Unit

    When the staples are bent Staple Staple Do not include the width of the staples -0.5mm - +0.5mm -0.5mm - +0.5mm Folding line Folding line Fig.6-128 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 113...
  • Page 494  Stapling position P. 6-115 "[ 1 ] Saddle stapling position adjustment" Stacker hook Fig.6-132 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 114...
  • Page 495 Press [Button 1] on the touch panel 10 times and then press [Button 2] once. Then press [Button 1] once again, and [Button 2] once again. (Adjustment of LD and A3 paper starts.) LED3 LED2 LED1 Button1 Button2 Fig.6-134 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 115...
  • Page 496 (10) Turn OFF the power of the equipment. (11) Turn OFF all bits of the SW1 on the Finisher control board. (12) Install the board access cover. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 116...
  • Page 497 Press [Button 1] on the touch panel 10 times and then press [Button 2] once. Then press [Button 1] again 2 times, and [Button 2] once again. (Adjustment of LD and A3 paper starts.) LED3 LED2 LED1 Button1 Button2 Fig.6-136 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 117...
  • Page 498 (10) Turn OFF the power of the equipment. (11) Turn OFF all bits of the SW1 on the Finisher control board. (12) Install the board access cover. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 118...

  • Page 499: Saddle Stitch Skew Adjustment

    Open the cover, pull out the saddle stitch section, and then loosen the 2 screws. Fig.6-137 Rotate the adjustment screw slightly. Fig.6-138 Tighten the 2 screws, return the saddle stitch section, and then close the cover. Fig.6-139 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 119...

  • Page 500: Adjustment Of Hole Punch Unit (Mj-6007)

    DIP switch Destination Number of punch holes MJ-6007E (Europe/Japan/China) 2 holes MJ-6007N (North America) 2/3 holes MJ-6007F (France) 4 holes MJ-6007S (Sweden) 4 holes e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 120...

  • Page 501: Adjustment Of Hole Punch Unit (Mj-6008)

    This adjustment is performed with a DIP switch [2] and a push button switch [3] on the hole punch control PC board (HP) [1]. Fig.6-141 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 121...
  • Page 502 LEDs [4] on the hole punch control PC board (HP) [1] start blinking as the adjustment is started. When the adjustment is completed, the LEDs [4] are lit. Install the rear cover of the finisher. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 122...
  • Page 503 When the adjustment is completed, the LEDs [4] are lit. Turn OFF all bits of the DIP switch [2]. Install the rear cover of the finisher. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...

  • Page 504: Registration Of The Number Of Punch Holes

    This registration is performed with a DIP switch [2] and a push button switch [3] on the hole punch control PC board (HP) [1]. Fig.6-144 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 124...
  • Page 505 When the registration is completed, the LEDs [4] are lit. Turn OFF all bits of the DIP switch [2]. Install the rear cover of the finisher. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 506 2/3 holes (N) 4 holes (F) 4 holes (S) Turn OFF all bits of the DIP switch [2]. Install the rear cover of the finisher. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 126...

  • Page 507: Preventive Maintenance (Pm)

    08-5562 : Setting value of PM counter [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit] 08-5563 : Setting value of PM time counter [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit] © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...
  • Page 508 If the value of 08-9891 (Warning message on the touch panel when PM time has come) is set to “0: No warning notification”, the PM display is not performed regardless of the settings above. (Default value is “1: Display warning notification”) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 2...

  • Page 509: Pm Display Contents

    08-6195: Current value of PM time counter [process unit (K)] 08-5568: Current value of PM counter [developer material (K)] 08-5569: Current value of PM time counter [developer material (K)] © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

  • Page 510: General Descriptions For Pm Procedure

    Plug in the equipment after the maintenance has been finished. Then turn ON the power and make some copies to confirm that the equipment is working properly. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 4...

  • Page 511: Pm Support Mode (6S)

    * The screen goes back to the main screen when the counter clear is executed or the [CANCEL] button is pressed after moving from the main screen, while it goes back to the sub screen after moving from the sub screen. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 512 (parts) counters belonging to that unit When the unit is not selected, all counters are cleared. Displaying of the main unit name e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 6...
  • Page 513 Displaying of the sub unit (parts) name Moving to the clear screen to clear the selected unit (parts) counters Back to the main screen © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 7...
  • Page 514 Present driving counts” are cleared and “Previous replacement date” is updated. When the [CANCEL] button is pressed, the counter is not cleared and the display returns to the main or sub screen. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 8...
  • Page 515 PFP lower drawer [4th CST.] Pickup roller [PICK UP ROLLER (4th CST.)] Feed roller [FEED ROLLER (4th CST.)] Separation roller [SEP ROLLER (4th CST.)] © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 9...

  • Page 516: Work Flow Of Parts Replacement

    Check the drive counts of all parts at PM support mode. Does it exceed the specified drive count? Replace the part. Check the part and equipment according to the “TROUBLESHOOTING”. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 10...

  • Page 517: Epu Replacement Mode (7S)

    A4/LT size papers need to be loaded in the cassette for automatic gamma adjustment. Before performing the EPU replacement mode, load the A4/LT size papers into the cassette, then set the cassette paper size. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 518 Press and hold the [POWER] button until the power is Step 5 Power off Press the [ON/OFF] button turned OFF. for a few seconds. Fig. 7-6 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 12...

  • Page 519: Counters To Be Cleared

    EPU) is set to “1: Enabled”. If this value is set to “0: Disabled”, the EPU replacement mode does not function. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

  • Page 520: After Replacement

    A hexadecimal value ending with “-” indicates that invalid data have been entered. In this case, rewriting with a jig is required. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 14...

  • Page 521: Fuser Unit Status Detection Mode

    When the fuse is not blown out, though the fuser unit is new, a C4C0 error occurs. In this case, replace the fuse and turn the power OFF and then back ON, or remove the fuse and clear the counters in the PM support mode. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

  • Page 522: Preventive Maintenance Checklist

    150,000 sheets • Values under “Replacement” indicate the replacement cycle for the e-STUDIO206L/256/306/ 356/456/506 / e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507. • The replacement cycle of the parts in the feeding section equals to the number of sheets fed from each paper source.
  • Page 523 Make sure that there is no fingerprints or oil staining on part of the original glass on where the original scale is mounted since the shading correction plate is located below the scale to be scanned. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 524 Laser optical unit e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 Fig. 7-9 e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507 Fig. 7-10 Replacement Operation Parts list Items to check Cleaning Lubrication (x 1,000 sheets) check Slit glass e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 18...

  • Page 525: Paper Feeding Section

    80/80/80/80/80/80 Bypass tray Paper guide Drive gear (tooth face and shaft) Plastic bushing bearing Bypass drive gear (shaft) Bypass GCB bushing 20-8 bearing © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 19...
  • Page 526 Apply 2 rice-sized grains of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the 2 contact points of the registration roller (rubber) and the pusher. Registration roller Grease Pusher Fig. 7-14 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 20...
  • Page 527 Molykote to the gear which is located near the clutch. The quantity of Molykote should be smaller than that to be applied to the other parts. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...
  • Page 528 80/100/120/125/ 150/150 Separation needle 26-11 Transfer guide Separation cover 26-12 Transfer roller guide roller 26-8 Main charger case Needle electrode 25-6 80/100/120/125/ 150/150 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 22...
  • Page 529 If there is paper dust in the whole transfer unit including the transfer guide, wipe them with a dry cloth. If the transfer guide is removed, clean the wall inside the unit. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...

  • Page 530: Developer Section

    Front shield 28-32 Guide roller 29-17 Side shield 28-30 28-31 Developer unit lower stay Oil seal (6 pcs.) 28-1 480/600/720/750/ 29-8 900/900 29-12 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 24...
  • Page 531 • Amount: About two small drops Wipe off any grease the exudes from the Inside Grease inside. Oil seal Fig. 7-18 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 25...
  • Page 532 Fuser unit entrance guide 32-11 Thermistor (3 pcs.) 31-12 31-13 Drive gear (tooth face 31-11 and shaft) Fuser roller gear 31-18 Exit sensor actuator 32-25 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 26...
  • Page 533 * h. Exit sensor actuator If toner has adhered, wipe it off with alcohol. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 27...

  • Page 534: Paper Exit Section / Reverse Section

    Exit/reverse guide Exit roller 33-3 Transport roller 34-8 Reverse roller 34-15 Drive gear 33-19 Conductive bushing 33-6 * c, d. e-STUDIO356/456/506 / e-STUDIO357/457/507 only e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 28...

  • Page 535: Automatic Duplexing Unit

    Parts list Items to check Cleaning Lubrication (x 1,000 sheets) check Transport roller 35-2 (upper and lower) 35-3 Drive gear 35-17 35-18 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 29...

  • Page 536: Pfp (Kd-1025)

    Make sure that the grease does not adhere to the roller surface. Wipe it off with alcohol if adhered. Apply grease on the inner surface Fig. 7-23 Apply white grease Fig. 7-24 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 30...

  • Page 537: Lcf (Kd-1026)

    Items to check Cleaning Lubrication (x 1,000 sheets) check Pickup roller 160/160/160/160/ 160/160 Feed roller 160/160/160/160/ 160/160 Separation roller 160/160/160/160/ 160/160 Drive gear © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 31...

  • Page 538: Job Separator (Mj-5004)

    JSP paper jam sensor * a. Idling roller Apply one-rice-grain-amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to each part A in the figure below. Fig. 7-27 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 32...

  • Page 539: Offset Tray (Mj-5005)

    Apply one-rice-grain-amount of FLOIL (GE-334C) to the part A in the figure below. Also apply three-rice-grain-amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to each part B. Fig. 7-29 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

  • Page 540: Radf (Mr-3021/3022/3028)

    Applying EM-50L drive unit grease Wipe with a dry cloth or alco- Paper detection sensor Minimum maintenance interval set Cleaning for the equipment e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 34...

  • Page 541: Finisher (Mj-1033)

    (rough indication) tightly squeezed Transport path and guides Knurled belt Punch waste full sensors Wipe with a dry cloth (Hole Punch Unit) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 35...

  • Page 542: Finisher (Mj-1101/1107)

    Paper holder cam Buffer tray shaft Stapler carrier shaft Rack & pinion gear (Aligning plate) Movable tray drive gear Buffer tray guide Finishing tray shaft e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 36...
  • Page 543 *i. Buffer tray shaft Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the entire buffer tray shaft. Buffer tray shaft Fig. 7-33 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 37...
  • Page 544 Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the gear teeth of the gear-A and gear-B. Gear B Gear A Fig. 7-35 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 38...
  • Page 545 Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the gear teeth of the rack and pinion gears which drive the aligning plate, and the entire finishing tray shaft. Finishing tray shaft Rack gear Pinion gear Fig. 7-37 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 39...

  • Page 546: Finisher (Mj-1106/1108)

    Transport sensor (S2) Stack transport roller-1 Stack transport roller-2 Buffer roller Exit roller Entrance roller Transport roller Paddle 1,000 Paper pusher cam Buffer tray shaft e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 40...
  • Page 547 *b Buffer tray shaft Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the entire buffer tray shaft [1]. [ 1 ] Fig. 7-40 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 41...
  • Page 548 Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the gear teeth of the rack gear [1] which drive the aligning plate, and the entire finishing tray shaft [2]. [ 2 ] [ 1 ] Fig. 7-42 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 42...
  • Page 549 Apply an adequate amount of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the entire Additional folding unit carrier shaft [1]. [ 1 ] Fig. 7-44 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 43...
  • Page 550 *Do not apply coating material (Molykote PD-910) to the rubber section of the grate-shaped tray. *When coating material adheres to the skin, rinse it well with water. [ 1 ] Fig. 7-45 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 44...

  • Page 551: Hole Punch Unit (Mj-6103/6104)

    *3: Page-Item (P-I) is described in the column of the Parts list. *4: This unit may require replacement once or more over the period of machine warranty because of deterioration or damage. Replace them as needed. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

  • Page 552: Precautions For Storing And Handling Supplies

    Transfer roller should be stored in a place where the ambient temperature is between 10°C to 35°C (no condensation). Be sure to avoid places where transfer roller may be subjected to high humidity, chemicals and/or their fumes. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 46...

  • Page 553: Checking And Cleaning Of Photoconductive Drum

    6. Collecting used photoconductive drums Regarding the recovery and disposal of used photoconductive drums, we recommend following the relevant local regulations or rules. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 47...

  • Page 554: Checking And Cleaning Of Drum Cleaning Blade

    Be careful not to rub the fuser roller and pressure roller surface with your nails or hard objects because it can be easily damaged. Do not use silicone oil on the fuser roller and pressure roller. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 48...

  • Page 555: Checking And Replacing The Transfer Roller

    If bits of thread or similar adhere to the surface, remove them with gloves or a pair of tweezers. Be careful that the roller surface is not damaged by the points of the tweezers. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...
  • Page 556 * 1. For KD-1025 (PFP) and MY-1033 (Drawer Module) * 2. For MR-3021/3022/3028 (RADF) * 3. For KD-1026 (LCF) * 4. For e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 * 5. For e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 50...

  • Page 557: Maintenance Part List

    Fuser unit fuse For fuser unit 101-18 101-18 * “P-I” represents the page item in “e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 Service Parts List” or “e- STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507 Service Parts List”. No.1-13, 15-17: Refer to “e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 Service Parts List” or e- STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507. No.14: Refer to “MJ-1101 Service Parts List” or “MJ-1107 Service Parts List”.
  • Page 558 10 (Model 1881) 11 (Model 1931) Fig. 7-46 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 52...

  • Page 559: Grease List

    456/506) Overhaul each equipment in the following timing. • e-STUDIO206L: When the number of output pages has reached 240,000 or 2.5 years have passed from the start of use (Whichever comes earlier) • e-STUDIO256: When the number of output pages has reached 300,000 or 2.5 years have passed from the start of use (Whichever comes earlier) •...

  • Page 560: Machine Refreshing Checklist (E-Studio207L/257/307/357/457/507)

    Items to check Cleaning Lubrication (x 1,000 sheets) check Drum drive unit Development drive unit Paper feeding drive unit Fuser unit drive gear e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 54...

  • Page 561: Error Code And Troubleshooting

    Even in the cases other than the above, fully observe safety precautions. If any PC board or HDD shall be replaced, refer to  P. 9-1 "9. REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS". © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...

  • Page 562: If A Problem Continues Even After Performing All Troubleshooting

    If a problem continues even after performing all troubleshooting and technical tips, report the problem to the appropriate Toshiba service center along with the following information. This information will help the service center understand your problem and take quick action to find the solution.

  • Page 563: Collection Of Debug Logs With A Usb Device

    No problem occurred when an attempt to collect the debug log was made; however the customer did turn the main power switch OFF when the problem occurred, so the log can be collected. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...
  • Page 564 SS= second) After the debug logs have been collected, be sure to send them to the service center together with a report. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 4...

  • Page 565: Error Code List

    LCF misfeeding (Paper not reaching the LCF feed P. 8-66 sensor): The paper fed from the LCF does not reach the LCF feed sensor. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 5...
  • Page 566 LCF transport jam (Paper not reaching the 2nd P. 8-49 transport sensor): The paper does not reach the 2nd transport sensor after it has passed the LCF feed sensor. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 6...
  • Page 567 Stop jam at the reverse sensor: The trailing edge of P. 8-53 the paper does not pass the reverse sensor after its leading edge has reached this sensor. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 7...
  • Page 568 Stop jam at the job separator transport sensor: The P. 8-88 trailing edge of the paper does not pass the job separator transport sensor. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 8...
  • Page 569 (2) Paper cannot be detected in the gripper arm exit sensor after the paper stack has exited from the finishing tray. [MJ-1033] © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 9...
  • Page 570 Paper is detected in any of the path sensors when the power is turned ON or the cover is closed. [MJ-1033] P. 8-98 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 10...
  • Page 571 P. 8-79 not finished normally because of the communication error between the SYS board and LGC board at the end of printing. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 11...
  • Page 572 [MJ-1101/1107/MJ-1106/1108] ED16 Buffer tray home position error: The buffer tray is P. 8-114 not at the home position. [MJ-1101/1107/MJ-1106/ 1108] e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 12...
  • Page 573 EF20 Saddle stacker jam: Transported paper cannot be P. 8-120 detected in the stacker. [MJ-1106/1108] © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 13...

  • Page 574: Service Call

    P. 8-139 board cannot detect the new process unit when the equipment is started in the EPU replacement mode ([7] + [START]). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 14...
  • Page 575 C8E0 Optional ADF communication abnormality: The system has to be P. 8-149 communication stopped because the control abnormality occurred related service call © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 15...
  • Page 576 Stapler unit sliding home position detection error: The P. 8-166 detection of the home position of the stapler unit sliding ends abnormally. [MJ-1032/MJ-1033] P. 8-167 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 16...
  • Page 577 The folding motor is not rotating or the folding roller is not moving normally. [MJ-1106/1108] CBF0 Stacker motor (M9) abnormality: P. 8-175 The stacker motor is not rotating. [MJ-1033] © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 17...
  • Page 578 Rear alignment plate home position detection error: The detection of the home position ends abnormally because the rear alignment plate has not worked properly. [MJ-1032/MJ-1033] e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 18...
  • Page 579 Partition mount error: The HDD cannot be connected P. 8-200 (mounted) caused by damage to the “/encryption” partition. F102 HDD start error: HDD cannot become ‘Ready’ state. P. 8-201 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 19...
  • Page 580 Data Overwrite option (GP-1070) disabled P. 8-214 F350 Circuit related SLG board abnormality P. 8-152 service call F400 SYS board cooling fan abnormality P. 8-152 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 20...
  • Page 581 Engine speed error: The speed information of the LGC P. 8-218 board is damaged. F901_1 Engine speed error: The speed information of the LGC P. 8-218 board is damaged. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 21...

  • Page 582: Error In Internet Fax / Scanning Function

    P. 8-223 1C82 Internet FAX transmission failure when processing FAX job received P. 8-223 1CC0 Job canceling 1CC1 Power failure P. 8-223 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 22...
  • Page 583 Insufficient system storage Terminal/Destination mail address error P. 8-225 (RFC: 552) 2553 Mailbox name not allowed Destination mail address error P. 8-226 (RFC: 553) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 23...
  • Page 584 (list documents Maximum) 2BF2 Maximum number of folders has Exceeding maximum number of folders P. 8-229 been exceeded (list Maximum) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 24...
  • Page 585 Scan 2A72 Insufficient permission to access e- e-Filing data access privilege check P. 8-231 Filing box using scan utility. error (Scan Utility) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 25...
  • Page 586 Failed to process received Fax job Process failure of FAX job received P. 8-237 2CC0 Job canceled Job canceling 2CC1 Power failure occurred Power failure P. 8-237 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 26...
  • Page 587 2DA4 Sent Fax Documents in shared Manual deletion of transmitted FAX folder deleted upon user's documents completed properly. request. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 27...
  • Page 588 P. 8-245 Insufficient Storage space. 2EC0 Job Canceled Job Canceled 2EC1 Power Failure Job Aborted Power failure in USB storage P. 8-245 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 28...
  • Page 589 3E30 POP3 Login Error has been POP3 login error P. 8-250 occurred in the received mail. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 29...
  • Page 590 File I/O error P. 8-251 in this mail. The mail could not be 3F20 P. 8-251 received until File I/O is recovered. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 30...

  • Page 591: Printer Function Error

    P. 8-256 user password nor an owner password. 4313 File storing limitation error: The file storing function is set to “disabled”. P. 8-256 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 31...
  • Page 592 4F10 Printing was not performed successfully due to other abnormalities. P. 8-258 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 32...

  • Page 593: Toshiba Remote Monitoring System Error (Topaccess Related Error)

    Security error on Address Book. The network FAX job failed P. 8-262 because the specified address is not registered in the Address Book © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 33...
  • Page 594 5C21 Failed to import the file - Invalid Data import from TopAccess P. 8-263 file format failed due to invalid file format e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 34...

  • Page 595: Mfp Access Error

    Automatic Secure Erase failure P. 8-266 6131 MFP fail to verify clock with Time Clock skew failure to time server P. 8-266 Server © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 35...
  • Page 596 Message log DB near-full (80%) P. 8-270 Used) 6194 Message Log near full (70% Message log DB near-full (70%) P. 8-270 Used) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 36...

  • Page 597: Maintenance Error

    Certification import failure P. 8-274 713D Failed to import Combined data User Combined data import P. 8-275 (User Information, Role, Group) failure © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 37...
  • Page 598 Failed to decrypt Clone File Clone file decryption failure P. 8-280 71F5 Failed to encrypt Cone File Clone file encryption failure P. 8-280 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 38...

  • Page 599: Network Error

    803F Crypto operation failed Ipsec error for ikev2 if crypto P. 8-284 operation failed © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 39...
  • Page 600 SNMP set request failure An error occurred during SNMP P. 8-288 data writing. 8112 SNMP communication failure SNMP communication failed. P. 8-288 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 40...
  • Page 601 Ticket Verification has been failed Active Directory domain P. 8-290 authentication error: Kerberos ticket authentication error 812B Unknown Realm Active Directory domain P. 8-290 authentication error: invalid realm name © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 41...

  • Page 602: Error History

    0: Unused 1: Masking 2: Trimming 3: Mirror image 4: Positive/negative reverse 5: Unused Edge erase/Dual-page 0: Unused 1: Edge erase 2: Dual-page 3: Edge erase & Dual-page e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 42...
  • Page 603 H: Special paper 2/ reverse I: Envelope J: Tab paper Z: Unused RADF size mixed 0: Unused 1: Size mixed 2: Single-size document Workflow ID: 10-digit ID © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 43...

  • Page 604: Diagnosis And Prescription For Each Error Code

    Check that there is no abnormality in the roller. Board check • Check if the board is short circuited or open circuited. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 44...

  • Page 605: Paper Exit Jam

    Check the registration roller. Replace it if it is worn out. Parts to be replaced Remark Exit sensor LGC board Registration roller clutch Registration roller © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 45...

  • Page 606: Paper Transport Jam

    Check the transport roller. Replace it if it is worn out. Parts to be replaced Remark Registration roller LGC board High-speed/low-speed transport clutches Feed roller e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 46...
  • Page 607 Check the registration roller. Replace it if it is worn out. Parts to be replaced Remark Registration sensor. LGC board Bypass feed clutch ADU clutch Registration roller © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 47...
  • Page 608 Check the transport roller. Replace it if it is worn out. Parts to be replaced Remark 1st transport sensor LGC board Feed roller Separation roller Pickup roller Transfer roller e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 48...
  • Page 609 Parts to be replaced Remark 2nd transport sensor. LGC board PFP transport clutch PFP board Feed roller Separation roller Pickup roller © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 49...
  • Page 610 MOT2 board and LGC board are short circuited or open circuited. (e-STUDIO356/456/506 / 357/457/507) • Replace the ADU entrance sensor. • Replace the LGC board. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 50...
  • Page 611 Parts to be replaced Remark ADU entrance sensor LGC board Exit motor ADU exit sensor Exit board LGC board Rollers in the ADU Exit roller © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 51...
  • Page 612 Parts to be replaced Remark ADU exit sensor LGC board ADU exit sensor MOT board MOT2 board Rollers in the ADU e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 52...
  • Page 613 Replace the MOT2 board. • Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark Reverse sensor LGC board Exit roller Reverse motor MOT2 board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 53...
  • Page 614 3. Check if the conductor patterns on the LGC board are short circuited or open circuited. Parts to be replaced Remark Registration sensor LGC board Rollers on the transport path e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 54...
  • Page 615 5. Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark 1st transport sensor LGC board Registration sensor Rollers on the transport path © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 55...
  • Page 616 4. Replace the 2nd transport sensor. 5. Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark LGC board 2nd transport sensor Rollers on the transport path e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 56...
  • Page 617 Step Open the PFP side cover. Remove the paper. Is there any paper in front of the PFP upper drawer feed sensor? © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 57...
  • Page 618 Remark PFP upper drawer feed sensor PFP board LGC board PFP transport clutch Feed roller Separation roller Pickup roller PFP transport roller e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 58...

  • Page 619: Paper Misfeeding

    Check the rollers in the ADU. Replace them if they are worn out. Parts to be replaced Remark ADU clutch LGC board Rollers in the ADU © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 59...
  • Page 620 Replace them if they are worn out. Parts to be replaced Remark 1st transport sensor LGC board Bypass feed clutch Bypass paper sensor Bypass feed roller Separation pad e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 60...
  • Page 621 Parts to be replaced Remark 1st transport sensor. LGC board Upper drawer feed clutch Upper drawer feed roller Separation roller Pickup roller © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 61...
  • Page 622 Parts to be replaced Remark 2nd transport sensor LGC board Lower drawer feed clutch Lower drawer feed roller Separation roller Pickup roller e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 62...
  • Page 623 Remark PFP upper drawer feed sensor PFP board LGC board PFP upper drawer feed clutch PFP upper drawer feed roller Separation roller © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 63...
  • Page 624 Separation roller Replace them if they are worn out. Pickup roller Parts to be replaced Remark PFP lower drawer feed sensor. PFP board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 64...
  • Page 625 Parts to be replaced Remark LGC board PFP lower drawer feed clutch PFP lower drawer feed roller, Separation roller Pickup roller © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 65...
  • Page 626 Parts to be replaced Remark LCF feed sensor LCF board LGC board LCF feed clutch LCF feed roller Separation roller Pickup roller e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 66...

  • Page 627: Cover Open Jam

    Replace the LGC board. LGC board • Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark Front cover opening/closing switch LGC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 67...
  • Page 628 Replace the PFP board. • Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark PFP side cover opening/closing switch PFP board LGC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 68...
  • Page 629 • Replace the LGC board. Replacing board • Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark ADU opening/closing switch LGC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 69...
  • Page 630 Replace the LGC board. Replacing board • Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark Feed cover opening/closing detection sensor LGC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 70...
  • Page 631 Replace the LCF board. • Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark LCF side cover opening/closing switch LCF board LGC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 71...
  • Page 632 Replace the LGC board. Replacing board • Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark The bridge unit opening/closing switch LGC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 72...
  • Page 633 • Replace the JSP board. • Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark JSP cover switch JSP board LGC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 73...
  • Page 634 • Replace the OCT board. • Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark OCT cover switch OCT board. LGC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 74...

  • Page 635: Other Jam

    Bridge unit transport sensor-1 03-[FAX]ON/[4]/[G] 03-[FAX]ON/[3]/[G] Bridge unit transport sensor-2 03-[FAX]ON/[4]/[F] 03-[FAX]ON/[3]/[G] JSP cover JSP feed sensor 03-[FAX]ON/[3]/G] OCT cover OCT feed sensor 03-[FAX]ON/[3]/[G] © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 75...
  • Page 636 Replace the LGC board. LGC board • Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark Sensor Refer to the following table LGC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 76...
  • Page 637 If the jam is occurring in the ADU, LCF or PFP, check the board in each unit. Parts to be replaced Remark Sensor in the jamming area Refer to the table below. LGC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 77...
  • Page 638 Lower paper exit sensor 03-[ALL]OFF/[4]/[C] 03-[COPY]ON/[5]/[G] Reverse section Reverse path Reverse section paper 03-[COPY]ON/[8]/[F] cover transport detection sensor Finisher Finisher door Sensors in the finisher e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 78...
  • Page 639 Replacing the PC board • Replace the SYS board. • Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark SYS board LGC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 79...

  • Page 640: Radf Jam

    Sensor check (Perform the input check: 03-[FAX] ON[7]/[B]) • Lever check • Connector check (CN75) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Empty sensor e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 80...
  • Page 641 • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Original exit/reverse sensor RADF board Read roller Replace it if it is worn out. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 81...
  • Page 642 Connector check (CN75) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Read sensor RADF board Read roller Replace it if it is worn out. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 82...
  • Page 643 Connector check (CN74) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Exit sensor RADF board Exit roller Replace it if it is worn out. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 83...
  • Page 644 Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark RADF opening/closing sensor Is the RADF opening/closing sensor adjusted within the specified range? RADF board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 84...
  • Page 645 (Perform the input check: 03-[FAX] ON[7]/[C]) • Connector check (CN75) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark RADF jam access cover sensor RADF board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 85...

  • Page 646: Finisher Jam

    Check the drive system of the equipment and 03-113/163) bridge unit. Parts to be replaced Remark Bridge unit transport sensor-1 LGC board Bridge unit gate solenoid e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 86...
  • Page 647 Check the drive system of the equipment and 03-113/163) bridge unit. Parts to be replaced Remark Bridge unit transport sensor-2 LGC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 87...
  • Page 648 • Replace the JSP board. • Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark JSP feed sensor JSP board LGC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 88...
  • Page 649 • Replace the OCT board. • Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark OCT feed sensor OCT board LGC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 89...
  • Page 650 5V5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 90...
  • Page 651 Hole punch control PC board (HP) If the error still occurs after replacing the motor, sensors and abnormality connectors, exchange the hole punch control PC board (HP). © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 91...
  • Page 652 (SOL5) and the interface PC board (CN6), If there is any abnormality, correct it. • Board check • Connector check (CN5, CN6, CN7) • Harness check e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 92...
  • Page 653 Board check (FIN) • Connector check (CN26) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Entrance sensor (S1) Finisher control PC board (FIN) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 93...
  • Page 654 [EA22] Paper size error jam (punch paper edge sensor) Classification Error content Finisher jam Paper size error jam (outlet sensor) (Finisher section) Paper size error jam (punch paper edge sensor) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 94...
  • Page 655 [EA28] Paper transport stop jam (paper holder plate operation delay) [EA29] Paper transport stop jam (stack transport delay) Classification Error content Paper jam in finisher section Paper transport stop jam © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 95...
  • Page 656 Entrance sensor (S1) Transport sensor (S2) Processing tray sensor (S12) Assist arm motor (M10) buffer tray guide motor (M2) Finisher control PC board (FIN) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 96...
  • Page 657 PC board (FIN). [EA31] Transport path paper remaining jam Classification Error content Paper jam in finisher section Transport path paper remaining jam © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 97...
  • Page 658 Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the sensor and the connector, abnormality exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 98...
  • Page 659 If the error still occurs after replacing the sensor and the Finisher control PC board (FIN) connector, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN). abnormality © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 99...
  • Page 660 Parts to be replaced Remark Cover locking bracket If it is broken. Front cover switch (SW1) Stationary tray opening/closing switch (SW2) Finisher controller board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 100...
  • Page 661 Check the harnesses in the stapler are disconnected or open circuited. Correct if any. Parts to be replaced Remark Finisher controller PC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 101...
  • Page 662 (S1) and the harnesses are disconnected or open circuited. Correct if any. Parts to be replaced Remark Entrance sensor Finisher controller PC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 102...
  • Page 663 Correct if any. Parts to be replaced Remark Stack belt exit home position sensor Stack transport motor Finisher controller PC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 103...
  • Page 664 Check if the cover opening switches noted above are working properly. Parts to be replaced Remark Sensor Saddle stitcher controller PC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 104...
  • Page 665 Check if there is any paper in the finisher, saddle stitcher or the on the transport path of the equipment. Remove it if there is. • Use paper accepted in the specifications. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 105...
  • Page 666 Ejecting roller (S29) Entrance motor (M1) Transport path switching solenoid (SOL9) Interface PC board (I/F) Saddle stitcher controller board Finisher controller board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 106...
  • Page 667 • Board check Saddle stitcher controller board • Connector check • Board check Finisher controller board • Connector check • Board check © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 107...
  • Page 668 PC board is open circuited. Parts to be replaced Remark Finisher controller PC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 108...
  • Page 669 MJ-1101 (when MJ-6103 is installed), MJ-1107 (when MJ-6104 is installed) Classification Error content Skew adjustment motor (M1) home position detection abnormality Finisher jam © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 109...
  • Page 670 (CLT1), or the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if any. Parts to be replaced Remark Shutter clutch Shutter opening/closing sensor Finisher controller PC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 110...
  • Page 671 Correct if any. Parts to be replaced Remark Front alignment motor Front alignment plate home position sensor Finisher controller PC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 111...
  • Page 672 Check if the connector (CN18) on the finisher controller PC board is disconnected from the rear alignment plate home position sensor (S8) and the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 112...
  • Page 673 (M6) and the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so. Parts to be replaced Remark Rear alignment motor Finisher controller PC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 113...
  • Page 674 (M10) and the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so. Parts to be replaced Remark Buffer tray home position sensor Finisher controller PC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 114...
  • Page 675 Harness check Saddle controller board • Connector check (CN3) • Board check Replace parts Remarks Front saddle stapler drive unit Saddle controller board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 115...
  • Page 676 Finisher? Exit sensor (S31) • Sensor check • Connector check • Harness check e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 116...
  • Page 677 Connector check (CN5) • Board check Replace parts Remarks Side alignment home position sensor (S36) Side alignment motor (M15) Saddle controller board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 117...
  • Page 678 Connector check (CN15) • Board check Replace parts Remarks Folding blade home position sensor (S35) Folding blade clutch (CLT3) Saddle controller board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 118...
  • Page 679 Harness check Saddle controller board • Connector check (CN19) • Board check Replace parts Remarks Exit transport sensor (S41) Saddle controller board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 119...
  • Page 680 Harness check Saddle controller board • Connector check (CN19) • Board check Replace parts Remarks Stacker paper detection sensor (S30) Saddle controller board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 120...

  • Page 681: Drive System Related Service Call

    2. Check if the voltage supplied to the CPU input terminal IC22-98 is always “L”? 3. Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark Main motor LGC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 121...

  • Page 682: Paper Feeding System Related Service Call

    “L” level. 3. Replace the PFP board. 4. Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark PFP motor PFP board LGC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 122...
  • Page 683 2. Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark LGC board Tray-up motor Tray-up sensor © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 123...
  • Page 684 2. Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark PFP board LGC board Tray-up motor Tray-up sensor e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 124...
  • Page 685 2. Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark LCF board LGC board LCF tray-up motor LCF tray-up sensor © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 125...
  • Page 686 2. Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark LCF board LGC board LCF end fence motor End fence home/stop position sensors e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 126...
  • Page 687 7. Replace the LCF board. 8. Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark LCF transport motor LCF board LGC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 127...

  • Page 688: Scanning System Related Service Call

    Supply harness 1. Check if wiring of the supply harness (CN127) is abnormal. 2. Check if the harness is scratched or open circuited. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 128...
  • Page 689 SYS board or in the appearance of the SYS board. 3. Check if 10V is output from the power supply for the CCD. 4. Replace the SYS board. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 690 1. Check if there is any abnormality in the appearance of the reflector, such as deformation. 2. Replace the carriage-1. Parts to be replaced Remark LED lamp unit SYS board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 130...
  • Page 691 Parts to be replaced Remark Lens unit SYS board Harnesses [C270] Carriage home position sensor not going OFF within a specified time (e-STUDIO206L/ 256/306/356/456/506) Classification Error content Scanning system related service The carriage does not shift from its home position in a specified call period of time.
  • Page 692 5. Check if the harness of the motor is caught or open circuited. Parts to be replaced Remark Carriage home position sensor Carriage home position sensor harness SLG board Scan motor Scan motor harness e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 132...
  • Page 693 1. Check if the carriage locking is released. Parts to be replaced Remark Carriage home position sensor Carriage home position sensor harness SYS board Scan motor Scan motor harness © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 133...
  • Page 694 [C280] Carriage home position sensor not going ON within a specified time (e-STUDIO206L/256/ 306/356/456/506) Classification Error content Scanning system related service The carriage does not reach to its home position in a specified call period of time. Remove the original glass and move the carriages to the paper feeding side. Turn ON the power and check the following items.
  • Page 695 1. Check if the carriage locking is released. Parts to be replaced Remark Carriage home position sensor SYS board Scan motor Harness © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 135...
  • Page 696 4. Check if the fuse on the LVPS is open circuited. Parts to be replaced Remark SLG board Fuse Supply harness LVPS e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 136...
  • Page 697 (LVPS) is open circuited. 5. Replace the fuse. 6. Replace the supply harness. Parts to be replaced Remark SYS board Fuse LVPS Harness © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 137...

  • Page 698: Process Related Service Call

    4. Check if the harness connected to the connector J451 on the EPU board has any abnormality. Parts to be replaced Remark EPU memory board LGC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 138...
  • Page 699 4. Is the connector CN310 on the LGC board, or the connector of the drum thermistor disconnected? Replacement part Remark Drum thermistor EPU memory board LGC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 139...
  • Page 700 6. Check if the transfer roller or the separation needle is removed. 7. Check if there is any foreign matter attached on the transfer roller or the separation needle. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 140...

  • Page 701: Fuser Unit Related Service Call

    Thermistor or heater is abnormal at power ON Check item Measure 1. Check the fuse Check if the fuse (F203) is open circuited. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 141...
  • Page 702 3. Check if the center, side and edge thermistors are not deformed or dirty. 4. Check if the harnesses of the center, side and edge thermistors are open circuited. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 142...
  • Page 703 The temperature detected by the edge thermistor is 240°C or higher: “9” only during printing. Parts to be replaced Remark Switching regulator © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 143...
  • Page 704 [C447] The fusing temperature is 40 degrees C or lower Classification Error content Fuser unit related service call The fusing temperature is 40 degrees C or lower. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 144...
  • Page 705 2. Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is open or short circuited. 3. Replace the LGC board. 4. Check the power supply Replace the switching regulator. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 145...
  • Page 706 1. Check if the connector CN309 is disconnected. 2. Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is open or short circuited. 3. Replace the LGC board. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 146...
  • Page 707 2. Are the harnesses short circuited or open circuited? 3. Replace the board. Parts to be replaced Remark Fuser unit. PC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 147...

  • Page 708: Optional Communication Related Service Call

    Check if the conductor pattern on the CNV board is short circuited or open circuited. Parts to be replaced Remark LGC board CNV board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 148...
  • Page 709 RADF communication protocol abnormality service call Check item Measure Turn the power OFF and then back ON to check if the equipment operates normally. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 149...
  • Page 710 PC board (HP). If the error still control PC board (HP) occurs, replace the finisher control PC board (FIN). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 150...

  • Page 711: Circuit Related Service Call

    (05-3203). 10.Turn the power OFF and then back ON. If the error is not recovered, replace the SRAM on the SYS board. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 151...
  • Page 712 SYS board Check the connector (*1) and relay connector. *1: CN112: e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 CN105: e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507 Replacement part Remark SYS board SYS/HDD cooling fan e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 152...

  • Page 713: Communication Related Service Call

    SYS board. Board check Check if the SYS board is damaged or abnormal. Parts to be replaced Remark SYS board. SLG board. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 153...

  • Page 714: Radf Related Service Call

    2. Replace the laser optical unit optical unit? Classification Error content Laser optical unit related service call Parts to be replaced Remark LGC board Laser optical unit e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 154...

  • Page 715: Finisher Related Service Call

    Check the connectors and harnesses between the entrance motor (M1) and the finisher control PC board (CN7). Replacement part Measure Entrance motor (M1) Finisher controller PC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 155...
  • Page 716 Finisher related service call Buffer roller drive motor abnormality: The buffer roller drive motor is not rotating or the buffer roller is not moving normally. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 156...
  • Page 717 Finisher related service call Check item Measures Paper pusher cam • Is there any mechanical problem when the paper pusher cam is rotated? © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 157...
  • Page 718 Remark Movable tray shift motor (M7) Movable tray position A, B, and C sensors (S13, S14, and S15) Finisher controller PC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 158...
  • Page 719 Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the solenoid, sensors and abnormality connector, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN). © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 159...
  • Page 720 (S16) and the finisher control PC board (CN13). Replacement part Measure Movable tray paper-full detection sensor (S16) Finisher controller PC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 160...
  • Page 721 Finisher related service call Front alignment motor abnormality: The front alignment motor is not rotating or the front alignment plate is not moving normally. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 161...
  • Page 722 Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the motor, sensor and abnormality connectors, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 162...
  • Page 723 PC board (CN19). • Check the harnesses in the stapler. Parts to be replaced Remark Stapler Finisher controller PC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 163...
  • Page 724 OFF to one point where this sensor is turned e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 164...
  • Page 725 (M4) and the finisher control PC board (CN5). Replacement part Measure Stapler unit home position sensor (S10) Finisher controller PC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 165...
  • Page 726 Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the staple unit, sensors and abnormality connectors, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 166...
  • Page 727 (M4) and the finisher control PC board (CN5). Replacement part Measure Stapler unit shift motor (M4) Finisher controller PC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 167...
  • Page 728 Finisher control PC board (FIN) Replace the finisher control PC board (FIN) as the cause is a abnormality fault in the IC of the backup RAM. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 168...
  • Page 729 Finisher - Main CPU program error Check item Measures Finisher control board Update the firmware version of the finisher control PC board (FIN). © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 169...
  • Page 730 Paper folding blade motor (M12) Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If abnormality electricity is not conducted, replace the motor. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 170...
  • Page 731 Classification Error item Finisher related service call The [CB93] error also occurs when the error [EF18] has occurred consecutively for 3 times. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 171...
  • Page 732 Connector check • Harness check Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN4) • Board check Replace parts Remarks Stacker motor e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 172...
  • Page 733 Side alignment motor (M15) Harness check Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN7) • Board check Replacement part Measure Side alignment motor (M15) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 173...
  • Page 734 Connector check (CN11, CN14) • Board check Replacement part Measure Folding motor encoder sensor (S34) Side alignment motor (M15) Saddle control PC board (SDL) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 174...
  • Page 735 Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If Exit roller nip adjustment motor (M4) electricity is not conducted, replace the motor. abnormality © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 175...
  • Page 736 Check if the electrical continuity of the coil is normal. If drive motor (M10) abnormality electricity is not conducted, replace the motor. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 176...
  • Page 737 If the error still occurs after replacing the saddle stitch staple abnormality unit and the connector, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN). © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 177...
  • Page 738 Check the connectors and harnesses between the transport motor (M2) and the finisher control PC board (CN5). Replacement part Measure Transport motor (M2) Finisher controller PC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 178...
  • Page 739 Correct if so. Parts to be replaced Remark Paper holder home position sensor Finisher control PC board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 179...
  • Page 740 Hole punch control PC board (HP) If the error still occurs after replacing the motor, sensor and abnormality connectors, exchange the hole punch control PC board (HP). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 180...
  • Page 741 Sensor check • Harness check Replacement part Measure Skew home position sensor (S2) Skew adjustment motor (M1) Hole punch control PC board (HP) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 181...
  • Page 742 3.2V against the output value of 2.8V, or the input value is sensor higher than 3.5V against the output value of 0.1V. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 182...
  • Page 743 Hole punch control PC board (HP) If the error still occurs after replacing the sensors and the abnormality connectors, exchange the hole punch control PC board (HP). © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 183...
  • Page 744 Hole punch control PC board (HP) If the error still occurs after replacing the motor, sensors and abnormality connectors, exchange the hole punch control PC board (HP). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 184...
  • Page 745 Check the connectors and harnesses between the hole punch control PC board (HP) and punch motor (M3). Punch home position sensor (S4) • Sensor check • Harness check © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 185...
  • Page 746 MJ-1101/1107 Check Item Measure Rear alignment plate If there is mechanical problem when the rear alignment plate is moved, fix the mechanism. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 186...
  • Page 747 If the error still occurs after replacing the motor, sensor and Finisher control PC board (FIN) connectors, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN). abnormality © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 187...
  • Page 748 3.3V 5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 188...
  • Page 749 (M3) and the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so. Replacement part Measure Paddle motor (M8) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 189...
  • Page 750 Hole punch control PC board Board check Replacement part Measure Converter PC board Finisher control PC board Hole punch control PC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 190...

  • Page 751: Offset Tray Related Service Call

    8.3.20 Offset tray related service call [CDF0] Initialize error of the offset tray (e-STUDIO206L/256/306 / 207L/257/307) Classification Contents Offset tray related service call Initialize error of the offset tray Check Item Measure OCT motor 1. Check if each connector between the OCT motor and OCT OCT board board (CN261) is disconnected.

  • Page 752: Service Call For Others

    Replace the SRAM board (for the SYS board).  P. 9-31 "9.3.8 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board" (all steps) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 192...
  • Page 753 [D] Restore ADI key (only when ADI-HDD is installed) [E] Restore encryption key [F] Restore license * AccessFailed, KeyNull or KeyBroken © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 193...
  • Page 754 [4]+[C]+[POWER]1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 4. If the error persists even after step 3, replace the HDD. Replacement part Measure SYS board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 194...
  • Page 755 5 after performing [4]+[C]+[POWER]1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD. Replacement part Measure SYS board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 195...
  • Page 756 5 after performing [4]+[C]+[POWER]1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD. Replacement part Measure SYS board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 196...
  • Page 757 5 after performing [4]+[C]+[POWER]1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD. Replacement part Measure SYS board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 197...
  • Page 758 5 after performing [4]+[C]+[POWER]1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD. Replacement part Measure SYS board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 198...
  • Page 759 5 after performing [4]+[C]+[POWER]1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD. Replacement part Measure SYS board © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 199...
  • Page 760 5 after performing [4]+[C]+[POWER]1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD. Replacement part Measure SYS board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 200...
  • Page 761 Perform the bad sector check (08-9072). If the check result is OK, recover the data in the HDD. If the check result fails, replace the HDD. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 762 • In case both of the SRAM ADIKey or FROM ADIKey status are other than OK Reinstall the master data (HD Data). e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 202...
  • Page 763 After the restoring of the encryption key has completed, “Operation Complete” is displayed. After the operation has completed, shut down the equipment by pressing the [POWER] button. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 203...
  • Page 764 If the error is not cleared even after replacing the SRAM board, replace the SYS board.  P. 9-24 "9.3.4 Precautions and Procedures when replacing the SYS board" e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 204...
  • Page 765 If it cannot be recovered, reinstall the software in the following procedure. Install the OS data.  P. 11-15 "11.2.3 Update procedure" © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 205...
  • Page 766 Recover the encryption key on the SRAM board.  P. 9-31 "9.3.8 Precautions and Procedures when replacing KeyBroken SRAM board" (for the SYS board, [H]Backup encryption key) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 206...
  • Page 767 [E] Restore encryption key [F] Restore license AccessFailed Replace the SYS board.  P. 9-31 "9.3.8 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board" (all steps) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 207...
  • Page 768 Recover the ADI key on the SYS board.  P. 9-24 "9.3.4 Precautions and Procedures when replacing KeyBroken the SYS board" ([D]Restore ADI key) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 208...
  • Page 769 SYS-FROM to SYS-SRAM.)  P. 9-31 "9.3.8 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board"([G]Backup ADI key) * AccessFailed or KeyMismatch © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 209...
  • Page 770 Recover the encryption key on the SRAM board.  P. 9-31 "9.3.8 Precautions and Procedures when replacing KeyBroken SRAM board" ([G]Backup ADI key) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 210...
  • Page 771 If you back up the data in advance, they will be recovered by restoring them after rebuilding the database. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 211...
  • Page 772 If you back up the data in advance, they will be recovered by restoring them after rebuilding the database. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 212...
  • Page 773 Connector check • Board check Main memory • Check the installation • Main memory check Parts to be replaced Remark Main memory © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 213...
  • Page 774 HDD software. Note: User data will be deleted when [3] + [C] + [Start] -> 3 is performed. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 214...
  • Page 775 1. Perform [3] + [C] + [POWER] -> [1] -> [START] for “Clear Error Flag in Software Installation”. 2. Reinstall the firmware in error displayed on the F600 error screen. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 215...
  • Page 776 3. Press the [START] button on the confirmation screen displayed. (The date is set to January 1st, 2011.) 4. Request the administrator to set the date and time. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 216...
  • Page 777 Key in [2] to select “2. Key FROM to SRAM”, and then press the [START] button. After the operation is completed, shut down the equipment by pressing the [ON/OFF] button. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 217...
  • Page 778 08 mode according to the procedures when replacing the LGC board. Replacement part Remark Harness LGC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 218...
  • Page 779 When a template is used, form the template again. • If the error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON, and perform the job again. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 219...
  • Page 780 Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. • Replace the main memory and perform the job again. Replace parts Remarks Main memory e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 220...
  • Page 781 Reset the SMTP address and perform the job. • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 221...
  • Page 782 Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. • If the error still occurs, replace the SYS board. Replace parts Remarks SYS board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 222...
  • Page 783 Internet FAX related error Internet FAX transmission failure when processing FAX job received Check item Measures Setting • Reset the “Received Fax Forward” © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 223...
  • Page 784 • Check if the power cable is connected properly and it is inserted securely. • Check if the power voltage is unstable. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 224...
  • Page 785 • If the error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 225...
  • Page 786 RFC related error Check item Measures Setting • Check if there is an illegal character in the mail box in the mail server. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 226...
  • Page 787 Check if the specified document exists. (If no, this error would not occur.) Delete the specified document. Perform the job in error again. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 227...
  • Page 788 A Paper size not supported in the Electronic Filing function is being selected. Check item Measures Setting • The specified paper size, color mode or resolution cannot be used. Check the setting. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 228...
  • Page 789 Electronic Filing related error Check item Measures Setting • Backup the folders in the box or folder to PC or delete them. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 229...
  • Page 790 • When MFP panel or EWB Scan is used Check if the login user name is a name registered as a user. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 230...
  • Page 791 A user without e-Filing data access privilege tried to use Scan utility. Check item Measures Setting Check if correct privilege is given to the user. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 231...
  • Page 792 Setting • Reset and extend the “Maximum send to E-mail/iFAX size” or reduce the number of pages and perform the job again. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 232...
  • Page 793 E-mail related error Check item Measures Setting • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 233...
  • Page 794 Setting • Reset the Terminal IP address. • Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 234...
  • Page 795 Check if there is an illegal character in the device name. • Delete the illegal character and reset the appropriate device name. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 235...
  • Page 796 [2C80] E-mail transmission failure when processing E-mail job received Classification Error item E-mail related error Check item Measures Setting • Reset the “Received InternetFax Forward”. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 236...
  • Page 797 • Check if the power cable is connected properly and it is inserted securely. • Check if the power voltage is unstable. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 237...
  • Page 798 When a template is used, form the template again. • If the error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON, and perform the job again. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 238...
  • Page 799 • If the error still occurs, check that there is no job, and initialize the shared folder with [5] + [C] + [START]. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 239...
  • Page 800 Check the network path. • If the path is correct, turn the power OFF and then back ON, and perform the job again. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 240...
  • Page 801 File sharing related error File sharing service not available Check item Measures Setting • Check if the setting of SMB is valid. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 241...
  • Page 802 Job status is invalid. Check item Measures Setting Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 242...
  • Page 803 If the error still occurs, check that there is no job, and format the HDD with [5] + [C] + [START]. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 243...
  • Page 804 Check the template settings. Perform the job in error again. If the error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON, and then perform the job in error again. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 244...
  • Page 805 Check item Measures Setting Check if the power cable is connected properly and inserted securely. Check if the power voltage is unstable. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 245...
  • Page 806 The format of the partial mail is not corresponding to this equipment. • Request the sender to remake and retransmit the partial mail in RFC2046 format. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 246...
  • Page 807 The format of the attached file is not supported by this equipment (TIFF-FX). • Request the sender to retransmit the file in TIFF-FX. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 247...
  • Page 808 (Acceptable: A4, B4, A3, B5, LT, LG, LD or ST) • Request the sender to retransmit the file in the acceptable paper size. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 248...
  • Page 809 Correct if any of the setting is incorrect. • When the content of the setting is correct, confirm the sender if the destination is correct. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 249...
  • Page 810 POP3 login error Check item Measures Setting • Check if the POP3 server login name and password set for this equipment are correct. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 250...
  • Page 811 HDD. • Request the sender to retransmit the mail. • Replace the HDD if the error still occurs after retransmission. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 251...
  • Page 812 TopAccess related error Printing data storing limitation error Check item Measures Setting • Select “Normal Print”, and then perform the printing again. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 252...
  • Page 813 Error item TopAccess related error Not being authorized to perform JOB Check item Measures Setting • Confirm the administrator for the JOB authorization. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 253...
  • Page 814 The number of the assigned pages set by the user management has reached 0. Assign the number of the pages again or perform initialization. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 254...
  • Page 815 Scanner kit is not installed firmly, but the Printer kit is installed. Check item Measures Setting • Check that the Scanner kit is installed firmly. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 255...
  • Page 816 No privilege for Fax / Internet FAX transmission Check item Measures Setting • Check the privilege given, or request the administrator to add the necessary privilege. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 256...
  • Page 817 Font deletion failure Check item Measures Setting • Check if the font to be deleted is registered (or pre- registered) in this equipment. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 257...
  • Page 818 Refer to step 3 and later in [E]Replace / Format HDDin  P. 9-19 "9.3.3 Precautions and procedures when replacing the HDD". e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 258...

  • Page 819: Topaccess Related Error

    There is no SSL certificate or the certificate is not in a correct application file format. Check item Measures Setting Install the correct SSL certificate. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 259...
  • Page 820 Settings for initial URL and proxy are incorrect. application Check item Measures Setting Perform the correct settings for initial URL and proxy. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 260...
  • Page 821 Check item Measures Setting • Check if the toner cartridge is installed properly. • Check if the toner cartridge detection sensor operates properly. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 261...
  • Page 822 (Not an error message) Check item Measures Setting Data (Address book, department or user information) have been imported successfully. No troubleshooting is required. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 262...
  • Page 823 Book, department or user information) is incorrect or damaged. Check if the file is incorrect or damaged, and then reattempt the import. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 263...
  • Page 824 MFP access error The card cannot be used because it has expired. Check item Measures Setting Use a card with a valid expiration. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 264...
  • Page 825 MFP access error User account is locked Check item Measures Setting Log into TopAccess as an administrator, and release the locked user account. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 265...
  • Page 826 TopAccess as an administrator, and check that the SNTP setting is correct. [6150] Print log DB full Classification Error item MFP access error Print log DB full e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 266...
  • Page 827 MFP access error Scan log DB near-full (95%) Check item Measures Setting Perform Clear Log with TopAccess Logs>Export Logs>Scan Job Log Export. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 267...
  • Page 828 Transmission Journal Export. [6173] FAX transmission log DB near-full (80%) Classification Error item MFP access error FAX transmission log DB near-full (80%) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 268...
  • Page 829 MFP access error FAX reception log DB near-full (70%) Check item Measures Setting Perform Clear Log with TopAccess Logs>Export Logs>Fax Reception Journal Export. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 269...
  • Page 830 Error item MFP access error Message log DB near-full (70%) Check item Measures Setting Perform Clear Log with TopAccess Logs>Export Logs>Message Log Export. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 270...
  • Page 831 Measures Setting Language Pack file may have a problem or may be corrupted. Check the package file and then reattempt the installation. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 271...
  • Page 832 Error item Maintenance error The import of Mailbox data failed. Check item Measures Setting Check if you are importing a valid file. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 272...
  • Page 833 Error item Maintenance error The import of Print Data Converter failed. Check item Measures Setting Check if you are importing a valid file. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 273...
  • Page 834 Failed to import the certificate Check item Measures Setting Certificate may have a problem or be corrupted. Check the certificate and perform the job again. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 274...
  • Page 835 The export of a Meta Scan format file failed. Check item Measures Setting Check if there is enough capacity in the HDD and then retry the export. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 275...
  • Page 836 The export of Print Data Converter failed. Check item Measures Setting Check if there is enough capacity in the HDD and then retry the export. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 276...
  • Page 837 Check item Measures Setting CA certificate may have a problem or be corrupted. Check the CA certificate and perform the job again. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 277...
  • Page 838 Check SCEP server and the SCEP setting (automatic) on the TopAccess screen in the following procedure: TopAccess Administration  Security  Certificate Management e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 278...
  • Page 839 Check item Measures Setting Check if there is enough capacity in the HDD and the USB media and then retry the creation. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 279...
  • Page 840 Error item Maintenance error The encryption of a clone file failed. Check item Measures Setting Restart the equipment and then retry the encryption. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 280...
  • Page 841 Error item Network error Failed in connection to authentication server and switch. Check item Measures Setting Check connectivity to switch or server. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 281...
  • Page 842 [8035] IKEv1 certificate not supported Classification Error item Network error Ipsec error if certificate not supported Check item Measures Setting Check the User certificate type. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 282...
  • Page 843 Ipsec error if proposal chosen is wrong Check item Measures Setting Check the IKEv2/IPsec proposal parameters (encryption/ authentication algorithms, DH group, authentication methods) in MFP and peer machine. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 283...
  • Page 844 Ipsec error for ikev2 if crypto operation failed Check item Measures Setting If Certificates are being used, re-upload the corresponding certificates using Security Services. Restart IPsec Service on MFP. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 284...
  • Page 845 Network error Ipsec error for peer ip mismatch Check item Measures Setting Remote Traffic selector mismatch. Check the destination address/port in IPsec filter. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 285...
  • Page 846 Ipsec error id manual key is not valid Check item Measures Setting Check the Inbound and Outbound (ESP Encryption/ Authentication and AH Authentication) keys in MFP and Remote PC. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 286...
  • Page 847 MFP not able to contact the Access point with the specified SSID Check item Measures Setting Verify the access point name setting and mechanism used for association same as Access Point setting. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 287...
  • Page 848 Check if the user name and the password for this equipment are correct. Specify upper- and lower-case characters correctly when you enter them. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 288...
  • Page 849 Check item Measures Setting Check the logon hour setting for the user account noted in the Active Directory Users and Computers window. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 289...
  • Page 850 Check if the realm name of this equipment for the Active Directory server is correct. If the error still occurs, ask your Windows Server administrator. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 290...

  • Page 851: Troubleshooting For The Image

    Is there a blotch on the image? Perform troubleshooting for blotched image. Is the image transferred normally? Perform troubleshooting for abnormal transfer. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 291...

  • Page 852: Background Fogging

    Toner dusting Is toner heaped on the seal of the Remove the toner and clean the developer unit? developer unit. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 292...

  • Page 853: Moire/Lack Of Sharpness

    Check the image processing Check the encircled areas A and B in parameters. the image, and change the sharpness intensity in the sharpness adjustment mode. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 293...

  • Page 854: Toner Offset

    Using the recommended paper? Use the recommended paper. Developer material Using the specified developer material? Use the specified developer material and toner. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 294...
  • Page 855 Step Check items Prescription Scanner Are the original glass (especially the Clean them. position of shading correction plate), mirror and lens dirty? © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 295...

  • Page 856: Blurred Image

    Check the connection of connector. properly? Replace the ozone exhaust fan. Is the ozone filter stained or Replace the ozone filter. damaged? e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 296...

  • Page 857: Poor Fusing

    2142, 2143, 2192, 2194, 2195) (08-5328, 5329, 5330, 5331, 5332: e- STUDIO356/456/506 / e- STUDIO357/457/507) Using the recommended paper? Use the recommended paper. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 297...

  • Page 858: Blank Copy

    Are the connectors securely Connect the connectors securely. boards and harnesses connected? Replace the harness. Check if the harnesses connecting the boards are open circuited. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 298...

  • Page 859: Solid Copy

    Are the connectors securely Connect the connectors securely. boards and harnesses connected? Replace the harness. Check if the harnesses connecting the boards are open circuited. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 299...

  • Page 860: White Banding Or White Void (In The Feeding Direction)

    Remove the foreign matter. path? Are the original glass (especially the Clean them. position of shading correction plate) mirror and lens dirty? e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 300...
  • Page 861 Rotate the gear. • Remove the foreign matter that has come out on the developer sleeve. Doctor blade Developer sleeve Gear Fig.8-11 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 301...

  • Page 862: White Banding (At Right Angle With The Feeding Direction)

    Feed system Is the aligning amount proper? Adjust the aligning amount. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 302...

  • Page 863: Skew (Inclined Image)

    Pre-registration guide Is the pre-registration guide properly Correct it. installed? Scanner Is the carriage-1 slanted? Adjust the carriage-1. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 303...

  • Page 864: Black Banding (In The Feeding Direction)

    Laser optical unit Is there a foreign matter or stain on Remove the foreign matter or the the slit glass? stain. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 304...

  • Page 865: Black Banding (At Right Angle With The Feeding Direction)

    Scanner Is there a foreign matter on the Remove the foreign matter. carriage rail? © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 305...

  • Page 866: White Spots

    Is there any foreign matter on the Remove the foreign matter or replace transfer roller? Is there any the transfer roller. abnormality on its appearance? e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 306...

  • Page 867: Poor Image Transfer

    Adjust the rotation speed of the roller. High-voltage transformer Is the high-voltage transformer Adjust the output, or replace the (Transfer roller unit) output defective? transformer. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 307...

  • Page 868: Uneven Image Density

    Close the original cover or RADF. opened? Are the original glass (especially the Clean them. position of shading correction plate), mirror and lens dirty? e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 308...

  • Page 869: Faded Image (Low Density, Abnormal Gray Balance)

    Replace the high-voltage harness. Is the harness open circuited? Discharge LED Are the connectors of discharge LED Reconnect the harness securely. harness securely connected? © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 309...

  • Page 870: Image Dislocation In Feeding Direction

    Check the circuit or feed clutch, and replace them if necessary. Pre-registration guide Is the pre-registration guide installed Install the guide properly. properly? e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 310...

  • Page 871: Jittering Image

    Check the drive system of the drum. system of the drum? Clean or replace the gears if they have stains or scratches. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 311...

  • Page 872: Poor Cleaning

    Is the setting temperature of the fuser Check the setting and correct it. roller normal? 08-2009, 2010, 2101, 2120, 2140 (08-5285: e-STUDIO356/456/506 / e- STUDIO357/457/507) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 312...

  • Page 873: Uneven Light Distribution

    Is the exposure lamp tilted? Adjust the position of the exposure lamp. Is the exposure lamp discolored or Replace the exposure lamp. degraded? © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 313...

  • Page 874: Blotched Image

    Separation Is the output from the separation Adjust the output, from the charger too high? separation charger. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 314...

  • Page 875: Black Streaks On Image Leading Edge During Scanning

    Check items Prescription Scanner Amount of surrounding void Perform 05-7489 to adjust the amount of the surrounding void (network scanning) during network scanning. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 315...

  • Page 876: When "Set Fuser Unit" Is Displayed

    Connector check (CN415) • Harness check LGC board • Connector check (CN301, CN312) • Harness check Replacement part Remark Switching regulator LGC board e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 316...

  • Page 877: System Control Pc Board (Sys Board)

    REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS Installation and Replacement of PC boards Notes: • When the PC board/HDD is replaced, refer to the respective Notes and Cautions of “Replacement of PC board and HDD” in  P. 9-16 "9.3 Precautions and Procedures for Replacing PC Boards and HDD".
  • Page 878 ( P. 9-1 "9.1.1 System control PC board (SYS board)"). Remove 2 screws, and then take off the protection film [1]. Fig. 9-5 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 2...

  • Page 879: Lgc Board (E-Studio206L/256/306)

    (Be careful of static electricity.) Replace the LGC board following  P. 9-28 • Fig. 9-8 "9.3.5 Procedures when replacing the LGC board". © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 3...

  • Page 880: Lgc Board (E-Studio356/456/506)

    Fig. 9-10 Disconnect 4 connectors, remove 2 locking MOT board supports and 2 screws, and then take off the MOT board. Fig. 9-11 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 4...

  • Page 881: Mot2 Board (E-Studio356/456/506)

    Switching regulator. Notes: Be careful not to touch the area covered with a Mylar since electrical charge may remain. Switching regulator Fig. 9-14 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 5...

  • Page 882: High-Voltage Transformer

    2 connectors, remove 2 screws, and then take off the High- voltage transformer together with its bracket. High-voltage transformer Fig. 9-17 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 6...

  • Page 883: Sram Board

    Fig. 9-19 Release 2 latches and take off the SRAM board for SYS board from the case. SRAM board Latch Case Fig. 9-20 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 7...
  • Page 884 Remove 1 screw, take off the ground plate [1]. Fig. 9-21 Disconnect 13 connectors. Remove 8 screws and then take off the SYS board [2]. Fig. 9-22 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 8...

  • Page 885: Hard Disk (Hdd)

    Disconnect 1 connector [1], and then take off the HDD bracket [2]. Fig. 9-24 Remove 1 screw with ground wire. Fig. 9-25 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 9...

  • Page 886: Lgc Board (E-Studio207L/257/307)

    (Be careful of static electricity.) Fig. 9-28 Replace the LGC board following  P. 9-28 • "9.3.5 Procedures when replacing the LGC board". e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 10...

  • Page 887: Lgc Board (E-Studio357/457/507)

    Fig. 9-30 Disconnect 4 connectors, remove 2 locking MOT board supports and 2 screws, and then take off the MOT board. Fig. 9-31 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 11...

  • Page 888: Mot2 Board (E-Studio357/457/507)

    Take off the left cover ( P. 4-13 "4.2.11 Left cover"). (3) Remove 1 screw and take off the plate [1]. Fig. 9-34 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 12...
  • Page 889 2 screws, and then take off the High- voltage transformer together with its bracket. High-voltage transformer Fig. 9-37 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 13...
  • Page 890 ( P. 4-12 "4.2.6 Rear cover"). Release 2 latches [1] and take off the SRAM board for the SYS board with the case. Fig. 9-40 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 14...
  • Page 891 Release 2 latches and take off the SRAM board for SYS board from the case. SRAM board Latch Case Fig. 9-41 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 15...

  • Page 892: Precautions When Replacing Pc Boards

     P. 9-28 "9.3.5 Procedures when replacing the LGC board" • To replace the SLG board, see the following procedure.  P. 9-29 "9.3.7 Procedures when replacing the SLG board (e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/ 506)" • To replace the SRAM board, see the following procedures.

  • Page 893: Hdd Fault Diagnosis

    High possibility of physical failure (A HDD connector, harness or HDD replacement displayed as SYS board may be one of the causes.) is recommended. “-------”. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 17...
  • Page 894 “Over-range” appears when the digits of the numbers obtained from HDD exceed the acceptable limit for being displayed on the touch panel. This is not shown as a failure. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 18...

  • Page 895: Precautions And Procedures When Replacing The Hdd

    [F] Reset user's setting item and restore data/information [G] Reset "FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE" [H] Reset "FUNCTION" list [I] Adjust image quality Setting completed Fig. 9-43 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 19...
  • Page 896 Explain the procedure to the user (machine administrator) and ask him/her to enter his/her password. Press the [LIST/REPORT] button and then the [LIST] button. Press the [FUNCTION] button. The “FUNCTION” list is printed out. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 20...
  • Page 897 (11) Check the system ROM version (08-9930). Confirm the version displayed on the LCD, and then press the [OK] button. (12) Turn the power OFF. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS...
  • Page 898 Press the [FAX] button and then the [TERMINAL ID] button to set each item. Press the [INITIAL SETUP] button to set each item. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 22...
  • Page 899 Start up with the Adjustment mode (05). Perform “Automatic gamma adjustment” (05-7165).  P. 6-22 "6.4.1 Automatic gamma adjustment" Turn the power OFF. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 23...

  • Page 900: Precautions And Procedures When Replacing The Sys Board

    The Remove screen is displayed, then press the [YES] button. If this screen is not displayed, check whether the one-time dongle is installed in the equipment properly. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 24...
  • Page 901 Key in [5] to select “5. Key Backup Restore”, and then press the [START] button. Key in [1] to select “1. Key SRAM to FROM”, and then press the [START] button. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...
  • Page 902 If there are any other licenses to be installed, repeat from step (13). If there are no other licenses to be installed, press the [CLOSE] button, and then turn the power OFF. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 26...
  • Page 903 If the security mode is changed from High Security to Low Security in the step "[A]Return License", set the value of 08-8911 to “3” (High Security). © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS...

  • Page 904: Procedures When Replacing The Lgc Board

    If you cannot start up with the setting mode (08), begin from step (3). Turn the power OFF. Remove the LGC board.  P. 9-3 "9.1.3 LGC board (e-STUDIO206L/256/306)"  P. 9-4 "9.1.4 LGC board (e-STUDIO356/456/506)"  P. 9-10 "9.2.3 LGC board (e-STUDIO207L/257/307)"...

  • Page 905: Procedure When Replacing The Battery On Lgc Board

    Start up with the Setting Mode (08). Copy the data in the EEPROM to SRAM (08-4582). Turn the power OFF. 9.3.7 Procedures when replacing the SLG board (e-STUDIO206L/256/ 306/356/456/506) Notes: Before replacing the SLG board, perform the following procedure.  P. 9-16 "9.3.1 Precautions when replacing PC boards"...
  • Page 906 Start up with the Setting Mode (08). Check the version of the scanner ROM (08-9902). Turn the power OFF. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 30...

  • Page 907: Precautions And Procedures When Replacing Sram Board

    If “[A] Backup SRAM” fails, proceed to “[B]Return License”. Install the USB media in the equipment, and then turn the power ON while pressing [5] and [9] buttons simultaneously. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS...
  • Page 908 If there is no more licenses to be returned, press the [CLOSE] button, and then turn the power OFF. [C] Replace SRAM board Confirm that the power is turned OFF. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506: If the FAX unit (GD-1250) is installed, disconnect the connector (CN134). e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507: If the FAX unit (GD-1350) is installed, disconnect the USB connector (CN117).
  • Page 909 When the back-up file is restored, do not perform HDD partition creation (Format HDD) before the normal start-up. (11) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506: If the FAX unit (GD-1250) is installed, connect the connector (CN134). (12) e-STUDIO207L/257/307/357/457/507: If the FAX unit (GD-1350) is installed, connect the USB connector (CN117).
  • Page 910 1.Touch the center of “+” mark displayed on the upper left of the LCD. 2.Touch the center of “+” mark displayed on the upper right of the LCD. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 34...
  • Page 911 Enable the HDD encryption function. (Set “3” for 08-8911. Or set “1” for 08-8911 and “1” or “2” for 08-9379.) Turn the power OFF. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 35...
  • Page 912 [O] Set date and time Set the date and time according to these buttons. [USER FUNCTIONS]  [ADMIN]  [GENERAL]  [CLOCK]  [DATE/TIME] e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 36...

  • Page 913: Procedures When Replacing Eeprom

    Replace the EEPROM. Start up with the Setting mode (08). Copy the data in the SRAM to the EEPROM (08-4581). Turn the power OFF. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 37...

  • Page 914: Firmware Confirmation After The Pc Board/Hdd Replacement

    * It is recommended to keep this list for future reinstallation such as the replacement of the SYS board. Keep pressing the [ON/OFF] button until you hear a sound to shut down the equipment. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 38...

  • Page 915: License Re-Registration Using The One-Time Dongle

    The Remove screen is displayed. Then press the [YES] button. If this screen is not displayed, check that the one-time dongle is installed in the equipment properly. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS...
  • Page 916 If there are any other licenses to be installed, repeat from step (11). If there are no other licenses to be installed, press the [CLOSE] button, and then turn the power OFF. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 40...

  • Page 917: Precautions For Installation Of Gp-1070

    When disposing of the SRAM board, perform 3C -> 7:Erase SRAM Securely (SRAM securely erasing) for security reasons. Notes: If these codes are performed, the equipment cannot be started up. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 41...
  • Page 918 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF HDD/PC BOARDS 9 - 42...

  • Page 919: Remote Service

    If some problems occur and the order cannot be placed after registering an order as a job, refer to the standard countermeasure for the FAX/E-mail transmission failure. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE...

  • Page 920: Setting Item

    *2 Even when “FAX” is selected, the order is not placed without entering the FAX number. *3 Even when “MAIL” is selected, the order is not placed without entering the E-mail address. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 2...
  • Page 921  P. 5-5 "5.2 Service UI" 2. Select “FAX LIST PRINT MODE” and then press [NEXT]. 3. Select “SUPPLY ORDER LIST” and then press [PRINT]. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 3...

  • Page 922: Setting Procedure

    Press the [PASSWORD] button and the screen is switched to a full keyboard. Then key in the Administrator Password and press the [OK] button. * Confirm the password to the administrator. Fig.10-1 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 4...
  • Page 923 Press the [SERVICE] button in the ADMIN screen. Fig.10-2 The SERVICE screen is displayed. Fig.10-3 Press the [SUPPLY ORDER SETUP] button. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 5...
  • Page 924 Press the [ORDER INFORMATION] button. Fig.10-4 (10) The ORDER INFORMATION screen is displayed. Fig.10-5 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 6...
  • Page 925 (14) Press the buttons of the screen of SUPPLIER to set the required item. [NAME] --- Input the name of supplier. [ADDRESS] --- Input the address of supplier. (15) Press the [OK] button. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 7...
  • Page 926 (16) The SERVICE screen is displayed. Fig.10-7 (17) Press the [SERVICE INFORMATION] button. (18) The CUSTOMER/SERVICE TECHNICIAN screen is displayed. Fig.10-8 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 8...
  • Page 927 (20) Press the [OK] button to register and complete the order information setting. (21) The SERVICE screen is returned. Fig.10-9 (22) Press the [SUPPLY ORDER SETUP] button. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 9...
  • Page 928 (23) Press the [TONER ORDERING] button. Fig.10-10 (24) The TONER ORDERING screen is displayed. Fig.10-11 (25) Select the part to be ordered. (Press the [TONER] button.) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 10...
  • Page 929 (29) Press the [USER FUNCTION] button to be switched from the ADMIN screen on touch panel and returned to the BASIC screen, so that the setting of Auto Supply Order is finished. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507...
  • Page 930 Maximum 192 letters [E-MAIL] Remarks 9766 Maximum 128 letters [DESCRIPTION] TONER 9776 Maximum 20 digits [PART NUMBER] TONER 9778 1-99 [CONDITION] TONER 9777 1-99 [QUANTITY] e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 12...

  • Page 931: Order Sheet Format

    BLACK REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 0000062 Fig.10-13 DESCRIPTION AREA: Remarks DEVICE DESCRIPTION: Model name SERIAL NUMBER: Serial number DEVICE FAX NUMBER: Fax number DEVICE E-MAIL ADDRESS: E-mail address © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 13...
  • Page 932 *2. “FullColor:0” and “TwinColor:0” do not change. The value for “Black:” is the counter value. *3. “TwinColor:0” does not change. The values for “FullColor:” and “Black:” are the counter values. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 14...
  • Page 933 Service technician E-mail address SUPPLIER NAME: Supplier name SUPPLIER ADDRESS: Supplier address PART NUMBER: Order part number QUANTITY: Order quantity TONER CARTRIDGE: Toner cartridge © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 15...
  • Page 934 DEVICE E-MAIL ADDRESS: E-mail address PRINT COUNTER: Print count SCAN COUNTER: Scan count TOTAL: Total BLACK: Black FULL COLOR: Full color TONER INFORMATION Black remaining quantity e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 16...

  • Page 935: Service Notification

    PM driving count has reached to its setting value. • Toner near-empty notification If this function is effective, it notifies each counter information and toner cartridge information when toner near-empty occurs. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 17...

  • Page 936: Setting

    Press the [USER FUNCTIONS] button and select the [ADMIN] tab. Then enter the password and press the [OK] button. • Confirm the password to the administrator. Fig.10-16 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 18...
  • Page 937 Press the [SERVICE] button. Fig.10-17 Press the [SERVICE NOTIFICATION] button. Fig.10-18 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 19...
  • Page 938 When pressing the [E-MAIL] button, the screen is switched to a full keyboard. Then enter the E-mail addresses and press the [OK] button. (Maximum 3 addresses can be set.) Fig.10-20 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 20...
  • Page 939 • Press the [FAX NUMBER] button, key in the FAX number and then press the [OK] button. Fig.10-21 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 21...
  • Page 940 Pressing the [DATE] button sets up to 2 dates on which you wand to send data. * This is not affected by the specified day of the week. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 22...
  • Page 941 Fig.10-23 Key in the date (acceptable values: 0-31) in “Notify Date 1” or “Notify Date 2” and press the [OK] button. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 23...
  • Page 942 00:00-23:59 (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute) Service Call Transmit setting 9605 0: OFF (Invalid) 1: ON (Valid) PM Counter Transmit setting 9797 0: OFF (Invalid) 1: ON (Valid) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 24...

  • Page 943: Items To Be Notified

    00000000 00000000 Black ------------------------------------------ Copy Scan 00000000 00000000 FAX Scan 00000000 00000000 Net Scan 00000000 00000000 Transmit 00000000 00000000 Receive 00000000 00000000 Fig.10-25 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 25...
  • Page 944 PM count present value / PM driving count present value [Other parts] History of error *1 The latest 20 errors are displayed. Toner remaining quantity (Black) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 26...
  • Page 945 SERVICE TECHNICIAN E-MAIL : [email protected] SUPPLIER NAME : SUPPLIER_NAME SUPPLIER ADDRESS : SUPPLIER_ADDRESS SUPPLIER FAX NUMBER : 5544332211 SUPPLIER E-MAIL : s [email protected] Fig.10-27 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 27...
  • Page 946 Number of output pages in the Printer Function (BLACK) Number of output pages at the List Print Mode (BLACK) Number of output pages in the FAX Function (BLACK) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 28...
  • Page 947 PM driving count setting value (Other parts) PM driving count present value (Other parts) History of error *2 The latest 20 errors are displayed. Toner remaining quantity (Black) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 29...
  • Page 948 00000000 00000000 Black ------------------------------------------ Copy Scan 00000000 00000000 FAX Scan 00000000 00000000 Net Scan 00000000 00000000 Transmit 00000000 00000000 Receive 00000000 00000000 Fig.10-29 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 30...
  • Page 949 Number of scanning pages in the FAX Function (BLACK) Number of scanning pages in the Network Scanning Function (BLACK) Number of transmitted pages in the FAX Function (BLACK) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE...
  • Page 950 Current value for total printed sheets of developer Current value for developer driving time Current value for drum driving time *1. The latest 20 errors are displayed. Toner remaining quantity (Black) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 32...
  • Page 951 SERVICE TECHNICIAN E-MAIL : [email protected] SUPPLIER NAME : SUPPLIER_NAME SUPPLIER ADDRESS : SUPPLIER_ADDRESS SUPPLIER FAX NUMBER : 5544332211 SUPPLIER E-MAIL : s [email protected] Fig.10-31 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 33...
  • Page 952 22:23 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000 08/03/15 22:23 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000 08/02/25 11:12 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000 Fig.10-32 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 34...
  • Page 953 PM count present value [EPU (K)] PM driving count setting value [EPU (K)] PM driving count present value [EPU (K)] PM count setting value [Developer material (K)] © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 35...
  • Page 954 Current value for total printed sheets of developer Current value for developer driving time Current value for drum driving time *2 The latest 20 errors are displayed. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 36...
  • Page 955 Serial number Function: Fixed at “Printer” Severity: Fixed at “Error” Error code Error message: The content of error is displayed. Supplier information Customer information © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 37...
  • Page 956 Service technician information History of error *1 The latest 20 errors are displayed. Toner remaining quantity (Black) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 38...

  • Page 957: Firmware Updating

    (MJ-6007) Hole Punch Unit (MJ-6008) Hole Punch Unit (MJ-6103) Fax Unit FAX firmware (GD-1250) * The harness jig for board connection (HRNS-CNV-DL-JIG) is necessary. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 1...
  • Page 958 Master data, System ROM, Engine ROM, Scanner ROM P. 11-15 System ROM P. 11-39 Scanner ROM P. 11-46 RADF ROM P. 11-48 FAX ROM (GD-1250) P. 11-74 Engine ROM P. 11-42 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 2...
  • Page 959 H. Converter ROM I. Finisher ROM J. Punch ROM K-PWA-DLM-320 Fig.11-4 Converter ROM (MJ-1033) P. 11-63 Finisher ROM (MJ-1033) P. 11-52 Punch ROM (MJ-6008) P. 11-56 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 3...
  • Page 960 K-PWA-DLM-320 M. Converter ROM (MJ-1101) K-PWA-DLM-320 Fig.11-5 Finisher ROM (MJ-1101) P. 11-53 Hole punch unit ROM (MJ-6103) P. 11-57 Converter ROM (MJ-1101) P. 11-65 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 4...
  • Page 961 Fig.11-6 Finisher ROM (MJ-1106) P. 11-55 Hole punch unit ROM (MJ-6103) P. 11-57 Converter ROM (MJ-1106) P. 11-68 Saddle stitcher firmware (MJ-1106) P. 11-72 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 5...
  • Page 962 [ON/OFF] button is pressed while simultaneously holding down the [4] and [9] buttons, “Can't fetch Ver.” may be displayed on the control panel for some ROMS. A normal power on must be performed. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 6...

  • Page 963: E-Studio207L/257/307/357/457/507

    Hole Punch Unit USB media (MJ-6104) Fax Unit FAX firmware Download jig (GD-1350) (K-PWA-DLM-320F) * The harness jig for board connection (HRNS-CNV-DL-JIG) is necessary. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 7...
  • Page 964 Master data, System ROM, Engine ROM, Scanner ROM, Finisher ROM (MJ- P. 11-15 1107/1108) System ROM P. 11-39 FAX ROM (GD-1350) P. 11-78 Engine ROM P. 11-42 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 8...
  • Page 965 H. Converter ROM I. Finisher ROM J. Punch ROM K-PWA-DLM-320 Fig.11-10 Converter ROM (MJ-1033) P. 11-63 Finisher ROM (MJ-1033) P. 11-52 Punch ROM (MJ-6008) P. 11-56 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 9...
  • Page 966 [ON/OFF] button is pressed while simultaneously holding down the [4] and [9] buttons, “Can't fetch Ver.” may be displayed on the control panel for some ROMS. A normal power on must be performed. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 10...

  • Page 967: Firmware Updating With Usb Media

    Store the data file for updating in the model specific folder. Model specific folder name 206_456 USB media 206_456 T160SF0Wxxxx.tar T160MWW.xxx T165MWW.xxx T160SLGWW.xxx T160HD0Wxxxx.tar T160SY0Wxxxx.tar 502DFWW.xxxx signartures.sig pubkey.key plt_integrity.cfg Fig.11-11 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 11...
  • Page 968 However, if the model specific folder for the same model as that of the data file stored in the root directory already exists, this will have priority. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 12...
  • Page 969 PUNCH FIRMWARE firmware board * xxxx is version. (MJ-6104) Store the data file for updating in the model specific folder. Model specific folder name 207_307 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 13...
  • Page 970 However, if the model specific folder for the same model as that of the data file stored in the root directory already exists, this will have priority. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 14...

  • Page 971: Update Procedure

    Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel to shut down the equipment. Connect the USB media [1] to the USB port [2] on the right upper cover. Fig.11-13 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 972 On this screen, the current firmware version of this equipment and the firmware version of data to be updated are displayed. System Firmware Version Fig.11-15 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 16...
  • Page 973 Patch and Normal package in one folder of When both the system and patch USB Storage update packages are in the USB media © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 17...
  • Page 974 “Update successfully completed Restart the MFP” is displayed at the bottom of the LCD screen after the updating is completed properly. System Firmware Version Fig.11-16 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 18...
  • Page 975 Device error HDD update Error Error number Error content File creation error File decompression error Partition mount error Hard disk full error Other errors © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 19...
  • Page 976 (When the download is written) Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality (When the download is finished) (When the download is finished) Other error Other error e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 20...
  • Page 977 (When the download is requested) (When the download is requested) Time out Communication timeout (When the download is written) (When the download is written) © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 21...
  • Page 978 Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel for more than 5 seconds, and then turn the main power switch OFF. Then remove the USB media. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 22...
  • Page 979 6. PUNCH FIRMWARE FIRMWARE FIRMWARE SOFTWARE FIRMWARE FIRMWARE (HD Data) (OS Data) [Saddle firmware] 7. SADDLE FIRMWARE [Finisher firmware] 8. FINISHER FIRMWARE Update Completed © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 23...
  • Page 980 "Completed" is displayed there. Example screens of the system firmware update are as follows, and these are the same for other firmware. System Firmware Version System Firmware Version Fig.11-17 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 24...

  • Page 981: Patch Updating With Usb Media

    Store the data file for patch updating in the model specific folder. Model specific folder name 206_456 USB media 206_456 T160SFPWxxxx.tar T160HDPWxxxx.tar signartures.sig pubkey.key plt_integrity.cfg Fig.11-181 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 25...
  • Page 982 However, if the model specific folder for the same model as that of the data file stored in the root directory already exists, this will have priority. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 26...
  • Page 983 However, if the model specific folder for the same model as that of the data file stored in the root directory already exists, this will have priority. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING...

  • Page 984: Master Data/System Rom

    Press the [ON/OFF] button while simultaneously holding down the [4] and [9] buttons. Data in the USB media are checked and the checking status is displayed on the screen. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 28...
  • Page 985 On this screen, the current firmware version of this equipment and the firmware version of data to be updated are displayed. System Firmware Version Fig.11-22 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 29...
  • Page 986 “*” is displayed next to the selected item. Display or delete the “*” by pressing the number of the item. Item Remarks 1. SYSTEM FIRMWARE(OS Data) Updating OS Data 2. SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HD Data) Updating Master data e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 30...
  • Page 987 “Update in progress” is displayed on the right side of the selected item, and then “Verifying Signature...” appears. System Firmware Version System Firmware Version Fig.11-23 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 31...
  • Page 988 Partition mount error Hard disk full error Other errors Press the [ON/OFF] button to shut down the equipment, and then remove the USB media. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 32...
  • Page 989 After the updating is completed, check each data version in the Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P. 11-81 "11.7 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING...

  • Page 990: Firmware Updating With Pwa-Dwnld-350-Jig1

    (Main firmware) (LGC board) PWA-DWNLD-350-JIG1 (16MB) Fig.11-25 Jig board: PWA-DWNLD-350-JIG1 (16MB) [1] Connector (for SYS board connection) [2] Connector (for ROM writer adapter connection) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 34...
  • Page 991 Discontinued 257/307/357/457/ model PWA-DWNLD-350-JIG2 48MB Unnecessary Discontinued model PWA-DWNLD-JIG1 16MB Unnecessary PWA-DWNLD-JIG2 48MB Unnecessary PWA-DWNLD-JIG1F 16MB Necessary PWA-DWNLD-RELAY- GLPGS PWA-DWNLD-JIG2F 48MB Necessary PWA-DWNLD-RELAY- GLPGS © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 35...

  • Page 992: Writing The Data To The Download Jig (Pwa-Dwnld-350-Jig1)

    Minato Electronics MODEL 1893/1895/1931/1940 PWA-DL-ADP-350-1931 (model 1931) (or equivalent) model 1881 model 1931 ( LV650 ) [ PWA-DL-ADP-350-1881 ] [ PWA-DL-ADP-350-1931 ] Fig.11-27 Fig.11-28 e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 36...
  • Page 993 ROM1 firmImage_jig1.bin ROM2 Notes: Be sure not to confuse different ROM Versions since the file name is identical although the ROM version is different. © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 37...
  • Page 994 307/357/457/507 ROM2 Notes: Be sure not to confuse different ROM Versions since the file name is identical although the ROM version is different. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 38...

  • Page 995: System Rom

    Release the harness from the harness clamp [1]. Connect the download jig [2] with the jig connector CN110 on the SYS board. Fig.11-31 Fig.11-32 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 39...
  • Page 996 Turn the power ON using the main power switch while pressing the [0] and [8] buttons simultaneously. • Key in “9030”, and then press the [START] button. • Press the [INITIALIZE] button. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 40...
  • Page 997 After the updating is completed, check each data version in the Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P. 11-81 "11.7 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING...

  • Page 998: Engine Rom

    Turn the power ON using the main power switch while simultaneously holding down the [0] and [8] buttons. Updating starts automatically and the LED on the download jig lights. e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 42...
  • Page 999 After the updating is completed, check each data version in the Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P. 11-81 "11.7 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 FIRMWARE UPDATING...

  • Page 1000: Firmware Updating With K-Pwa-Dlm-320

    Hole punch control PC (MJ-6008) board Hole Punch Unit (MJ-6103) Hole Punch Unit (MJ-6104) Fax Unit Fax unit firmware FAX board (GD-1250) Fax Unit (GD-1350) e-STUDIO206L/256/306/356/456/506 / 207L/257/307/357/457/507 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 44...

This manual is also suitable for:

E-studio256E-studio356E-studio306E-studio456E-studio306sE-studio506 ... Show all

Table of Contents